Childhood Obesity:  An Economic Perspective

Jacqueline Crowle

Erin Turner

© COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA 2010

ISBN 978-1-74037-325-8

This work is copyright. Apart from any use as permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, the

work may be reproduced in whole or in part for study or training purposes, subject to the

inclusion of an acknowledgment of the source. Reproduction for commercial use or sale

requires prior written permission from the Commonwealth. Requests and inquiries

concerning reproduction and rights should be addressed to the Commonwealth Copyright

Administration, Attorney-General’s Department, National Circuit, Canberra ACT 2600 or

posted at www.ag.gov.au/cca.

This publication is available in hard copy or PDF format from the Productivity

Commission website at www.pc.gov.au. If you require part or all of this publication in a

different format, please contact Media and Publications (see below).

Publications Inquiries:

Media and Publications

Productivity Commission

Locked Bag 2 Collins Street East

Melbourne VIC 8003

Tel: (03) 9653 2244

Fax: (03) 9653 2303

Email: maps@pc.gov.au

General Inquiries:

Tel: (03) 9653 2100 or (02) 6240 3200

An appropriate citation for this paper is:

Crowle, J. and Turner, E. 2010, Childhood Obesity: An Economic Perspective,

Productivity Commission Staff Working Paper, Melbourne.

The Productivity Commission

The Productivity Commission is the Australian Government’s independent research

and advisory body on a range of economic, social and environmental issues affecting

the welfare of Australians. Its role, expressed most simply, is to help governments

make better policies, in the long term interest of the Australian community.

The Commission’s independence is underpinned by an Act of Parliament. Its

processes and outputs are open to public scrutiny and are driven by concern for the

wellbeing of the community as a whole.

Further information on the Productivity Commission can be obtained from the

Commission’s website (www.pc.gov.au) or by contacting Media and Publications on

(03) 9653 2244 or email: maps@pc.gov.au

CONTENTS III

Contents

Acknowledgements IX

Abbreviations and explanations X

Key points XII

Overview XIII

1 Introduction 1

1.1 Background 1

1.2 Approach of this paper 3

1.3 Childhood overweight and obesity prevalence in Australia 4

2 Obesity in an economic framework 11

2.1 Decision making 11

2.2 Rationales for government intervention 16

2.3 The costs of obesity 27

3 Possible causes of overweight and obesity 35

3.1 Framework for possible causes of overweight and obesity 35

3.2 Child characteristics and behaviours 38

3.3 Parenting styles and family characteristics 44

3.4 Community, demographic and societal characteristics 46

3.5 Summary and conclusion 51

4 Policy options for addressing obesity 55

4.1 Potential policy measures 56

4.2 Summary 66

5 Effectiveness of obesity-related interventions 69

5.1 The evidence base and obesity prevention 69

5.2 Implications for policy 85

5.3 Conclusion 89

A Nature and results of evaluated Australian interventions 95

B Other Australian interventions 127

References 159

IV CONTENTS

Boxes

1.1 The health consequences of childhood obesity 2

1.2 Measuring childhood obesity 5

2.1 Externalities, information failures and behavioural limitations 17

2.2 The efficiency cost of taxation 21

2.3 Access Economics’ estimates of the costs of obesity 32

4.1 Assessing the costs of interventions 57

4.2 Self-regulation: the Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative 64

5.1 Evidence-based policy 70

5.2 Interventions for preventing obesity in children (review) 72

Figures

1.1 The approach of this study 4

1.2 Weight classification of Australian children aged 5–17 years 7

1.3 Weight classification of Australian children 9

1.4 Weight classification of Australian children aged 2–18 years 10

2.1 Decision-making framework 13

2.2 The costs of obesity: is childhood obesity a public problem? 28

3.1 Framework for factors associated with obesity and overweight 36

3.2 Potential factors in the rise of childhood overweight and obesity 53

4.1 What is the scope for policy solutions to reduce childhood obesity? 67

Tables

3.1 Summary of evidence presented on factors associated with

overweight and obesity 37

5.1 Be Active Eat Well 81

5.2 Characteristics of different policy interventions to prevent childhood

obesity 91

A.1 Active After-schools Communities (AASC) program 96

A.2 Be Active Eat Well 98

A.3 Burke et al. 1998 99

A.4 Coalfields Healthy Heartbeat School Project 100

A.5 Dwyer et al. 1983 101

A.6 Eat Smart Play Smart 102

A.7 Engaging adolescent girls in school sport 103

A.8 Fitness Improvement and Lifestyle Awareness (FILA) program 104

A.9 Fresh Kids 105

CONTENTS V

A.10 ‘Get Moving’ Campaign 106

A.11 Girls Stepping Out Program 107

A.12 ‘Go for 2&5®’ Campaign 108

A.13 Learning to Enjoy Activity with Friends (LEAF) 109

A.14 Moorefit 110

A.15 Move It Groove It 111

A.16 New South Wales Walk Safely to School Day 112

A.17 Nutrition Ready-to-Go @ Out of School Hours Care (NRG @

OOSH) Physical Activity Project 113

A.18 Program X 114

A.19 Q4: Live Outside the Box 2007 115

A.20 Romp and Chomp 116

A.21 Smart Choices – Healthy Food and Drink Supply Strategy for

Queensland Schools 117

A.22 Start Right-Eat Right Award Scheme 118

A.23 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Program 119

A.24 Switch–Play 120

A.24 (continued) 121

A.25 Tooty Fruity Vegie Project 122

A.25 (continued) 123

A.26 Vandongen et al. 1995 124

A.27 Wicked Vegies 125

B.1 ACT Early Childhood Active Play and Eating Well Project 128

B.2 ACT Health Promoting Schools Canteen Project 128

B.3 Activate NT - MBF Healthy Lifestyle Challenge 129

B.4 Active-Ate 129

B.5 Active School Curriculum Initiative 129

B.6 Around Australia in 40 Days Small Steps to Big Things Walking

Challenge 130

B.7 Be Active – Take Steps 130

B.8 Childhood Healthy Weight Project 130

B.9 Cool CAP 131

B.10 Crunch&Sip 131

B.11 CSIRO Wellbeing Plan for Children 131

B.12 Eat Right Grow Bright 132

VI CONTENTS

B.13 Eat Well Be Active 132

B.14 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life – Badu Island 132

B.15 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life – Logan-Beaudesert 133

B.16 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life – Townsville 133

B.17 Family Food Patch 133

B.18 Filling the Gaps 134

B.19 Fit4fun 134

B.20 Fitness Improvement and Lifestyle Awareness (FILA) Program 134

B.21 Foodbank School Breakfast Program 135

B.22 Free Fruit Friday 135

B.23 Fresh Tastes @ School – NSW Health School Canteen Strategy 135

B.24 Fruit ‘n’ Veg Week 136

B.25 Fun ‘n’ Healthy in Moreland 136

B.26 Get Set 4 Life – Habits for Healthy Kids Guide 137

B.27 Get Up & Grow: Healthy Eating and Physical Activity Guidelines

for Early Childhood 137

B.28 Girls in sport 138

B.29 Go for 2&5 Campaign 138

B.30 Go4Fun 138

B.31 GoNT 139

B.32 Good for Kids, Good for Life 139

B.33 Growing Years Project 139

B.34 Health Promoting Communities: Being Active Eating Well 140

B.35 Healthy Beginnings Study 140

B.36 Healthy Dads Healthy Kids 141

B.37 Healthy eating and obesity prevention for preschoolers: A

randomised controlled trial 141

B.38 Healthy food and drink 141

B.39 Healthy Kids Check 142

B.40 It’s Your Move 142

B.41 Jack Brockhoff Child Health and Wellbeing Program 142

B.42 Jump Start 143

B.43 Just add fruit and veg 143

B.44 Kids – ‘Go for your life’ 143

B.45 Kids GP Campaign 144

CONTENTS VII

B.46 Live Fit 144

B.47 Live Life Well @ School 144

B.48 Make Tracks to School 145

B.49 Many Rivers Diabetes Prevention Program 145

B.50 Mend 2-4 145

B.51 Move Well Eat Well 146

B.52 Munch and Move 146

B.53 NOURISH 146

B.54 Nourish-the-FACTS 147

B.55 Obesity Prevention and Lifestyle (OPAL) 147

B.56 Osborne Division of General Practice’s Obesity Program – Healthy

Families for Happy Futures 147

B.57 Parental Guidance Recommended Program 148

B.58 Physical Activity and Nutrition out of School Hours (PANOSH) 148

B.59 Physical Activity in Culturally and Linguistically Diverse

Communities 148

B.60 Physical Activity Leaders Program 149

B.61 Play5 149

B.62 Premier’s Active Families Challenge 149

B.63 Remote Indigenous Stores and Takeaways (RIST) Project 150

B.64 Right Bite 150

B.65 School’s Out – Open Playground Program 150

B.66 StarCAP & StarCAP2 151

B.67 Start Right Eat Right award scheme 151

B.68 Start Right Eat Right - Tasmania 151

B.69 Start Right Eat Right - Victoria 152

B.70 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden National Program 152

B.71 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Program – Victoria 152

B.72 Streets Ahead 153

B.73 Talk about weight 153

B.74 The Melbourne Infant Feeding Activity and Nutrition Trial

(InFANT) Program 154

B.75 The Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative 154

B.76 Time2bHealthy 154

B.77 Tooty Fruity Vegie in Preschools 155

VIII CONTENTS

B.78 Transferability of a Mainstream Childhood Obesity Prevention

Program to Aboriginal People 155

B.79 TravelSMART Schools 155

B.80 Tuckatalk 156

B.81 Unplug and Play 156

B.82 WA Healthy Schools Project 156

B.83 Walktober Walk-to-School 157

B.84 Walk safely to school day 157

B.85 Walking School Bus 158

B.86 Wollongong Sport Program 158

Key points

The weight of Australian children has increased markedly in recent decades, to the point where around 8 per cent are defined as obese (based on Body Mass Index), and 17 per cent as overweight.

While the prevalence of obesity may have levelled off since the mid 1990s, it is still widely considered to be too high.

Childhood obesity has been linked to a raft of physical and psychosocial health problems, including type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease, as well as social stigmatisation and low self-esteem.

Simply put, obesity results from an imbalance between energy consumed and expended. But the underlying causes are complex and difficult to disentangle.

An economic perspective considers how individuals respond to changes in incentives, and how they make decisions involving tradeoffs between different consumption and exercise choices, including how they spend their time. 

Governments need to consider a range of issues in addressing childhood obesity.

Most of the costs of obesity are borne by the obese themselves and their families.

Market incentives to provide information about the causes and prevention of obesity are weak, creating a role for government. But unlike alcohol and tobacco consumption, the externalities (spillovers on unrelated third parties) associated with obesity are probably minor.

Behavioural limitations can influence how people use available information about preventing obesity — even when it is available — and their responses to incentives and tradeoffs. Children are particularly susceptible to these limitations and have difficulty taking into account the future consequences of their actions.

Obesity prevalence varies across the socioeconomic profile of the community, such that there can be important distributional issues.

The obese also consume a disproportionate share of medical services, which, equity considerations aside, adds to the costs of our public health system.

There is only limited evidence of interventions designed to address childhood obesity achieving their goals.

This could reflect the inherent complexities and the multiple causes of obesity.

But it might also reflect poor policy design and evaluation deficiencies.

Notwithstanding the lack of evidence of interventions reducing obesity, some studies suggest that they can positively influence children’s eating behaviours and levels of physical activity, which in turn might influence obesity over time.

The complex nature of the problem suggests that policies need to be carefully designed to maximise cost-effectiveness, and trialled, with a focus on evidence gathering, information sharing, evaluation and consequent policy modification.

Overview

In Australia, as in many other countries, the community has become increasingly

concerned about the rising prevalence of childhood obesity (box 1). The raft of

health consequences for obese children now, and particularly when they are adults,

has provided impetus for increased interest in the role for government in obesity

prevention strategies.

The prevalence of childhood obesity in Australia began increasing in the 1970s, and

by 2007-08 around 8 per cent of children (5 to 17 year olds) were estimated to be

obese, and 17 per cent overweight (figure 1). Most of the growth in childhood

obesity occurred up until the mid 1990s, with recent research suggesting it might

have levelled off sometime since 1995. Despite government and community focus

on obesity prevention over recent decades — as far back as the 1980s the ‘Life. Be

in it’ campaign sought to influence levels of activity among Australians — the

medical literature suggests the current level of obesity among Australian children is

too high.

Box 1 What is obesity?

Obesity can be defined simply as the condition where excess body fat has

accumulated to such an extent that health may be adversely affected.

Body Mass Index (BMI) is the most commonly used method to measure obesity on a

population level for both adults and children. For adults, it is calculated by dividing a

person’s weight in kilograms by their height in metres squared. This number is used to

categorise adults into one of four widely accepted weight categories: underweight (BMI

less than 18.5), normal weight (18.5 to 25), overweight (25 to 30) and obese (over 30)

(WHO 2000).

For children aged 2 to 18 years, to account for body composition changes during

development, an internationally recognised set of age and gender specific BMI

thresholds are used (which merge with the respective adult cut offs at age 18 years)

(Cole et al. 2000; Cole et al. 2007).

The concern with childhood obesity arises from its association with poor

psychological and social outcomes, as well as physical health problems in the short

and long term. For example, obesity in children is linked with reduced self-esteem

XIV CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Figure 1 Proportion of children classified as overweight or obese

Males

0

5

10

15

20

1985 1995 2007-08

Per cent

a a b

Females

0

5

10

15

20

1985 1995 2007-08

Per cent

a a b

Overweight Obese

a Ages 7–15 years. b Ages 5–17 years.

and depression, and obese children can suffer from social discrimination. The range

of physical health problems associated with childhood obesity includes type 2

diabetes, liver disease, impaired mobility, asthma, sleep apnoea, and risk factors for

cardiovascular disease. Although some of these health problems are increasingly

being seen in children, most health problems arise in later life. International and

Australian research indicates that overweight and obese children are at higher risk

than normal weight children of becoming overweight and obese adults.

The costs of obesity are borne mostly by the obese

The costs of obesity appear to be substantial but are borne mostly by the obese. For

example, Access Economics estimated the total cost of obesity in 2008 to be

$58 billion, comprising $50 billion in lost wellbeing and $8 billion in financial costs

(such as productivity costs, health system costs, carer costs and transfer costs)

(box 2). These estimates reflect the disease burden in 2008, which predominantly

relates to adults. But to the extent that today’s obese children become obese adults,

these costs can also be thought of as the potential future costs for today’s obese

children.

OVERVIEW XV

Box 2 Access Economics’ estimates of the costs of obesity, 2008

Access Economics estimated the total cost of obesity in Australia was $58 billion in

2008. This estimate encompassed two types of costs — the ‘loss of wellbeing’ and

financial costs.

The cost of the loss of wellbeing was measured as the dollar value of the burden of

disease arising from disability, loss of wellbeing and premature death — and was

estimated to be approximately $50 billion in 2008. This accounted for 86 per cent of the

total estimated costs of obesity. This estimate was derived by multiplying the burden of

disease attributable to obesity (in terms of disability adjusted life years) by an estimate

of the value of a statistical life. These costs are borne by obese individuals themselves.

The financial costs of obesity were estimated to be $8 billion in 2008, and included:

health system costs (such as hospital and nursing home costs, GP and specialist

services, and pharmaceuticals)

productivity losses

carer costs

transfer costs (that is, the deadweight loss from the higher level of taxation)

other indirect costs (such as aids, modifications and travel).

Financial costs are borne, to differing extents, by obese individuals, their families and

friends, governments, employers and society.

Loss of wellbeing

($49.9b)

Health system ($2.0b)

Carers ($1.9b) Transfer costs ($0.7b)

Productivity ($3.6b)

The obese themselves (and their parents) bear most of the costs of obesity, primarily

through the loss of wellbeing (due to disability or shorter life span), but also due to

them bearing some of the financial costs. Overall, Access Economics estimated that

obese people bear 90 per cent of the total costs and 30 per cent of financial costs

arising from their obesity.

XVI CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Estimating the costs of obesity relies on a range of assumptions — including the

proportion of diseases attributable to obesity and the effects of those diseases on

obese people’s quality of life. Some assumptions are more robust than others, with

estimates of the value of lost wellbeing being particularly sensitive to the value

placed on a human life.

A complex web of factors affect children’s weight

Understanding the causes of childhood obesity is important for explaining the

changes in prevalence, and considering if it is a problem that requires, and is

amenable to, government intervention.

In simple terms, obesity results from an imbalance between energy consumed and

expended. But there is a complex web of factors that affect weight outcomes in

children, some of which might account for the increased prevalence of obesity

(figure 2). Significantly, not all factors that affect children’s weight outcomes will

be completely within their control, and decisions about eating and exercise are not

made exclusively with weight in mind. Although there is a genetic component to

obesity, the literature suggests this of itself is not likely to explain the recent rise in

its prevalence.

OVERVIEW XVII

Figure 2 Potential factors in the rise of child obesity

Some broad trends that might have influenced eating and exercise decisions —

increasing the prevalence of overweight and obesity since the 1970s — include real

declines in food prices, rising incomes, increasing costs of exercise, and the higher

‘time cost’ of preparing food at home coupled with the increased availability of and

access to pre-prepared and takeaway meals. Some authors suggest that these

influences may well have combined with genetic programming that encourages

humans to store fat in times of plenty to prepare for possible future famines (that

have so far not eventuated). Other factors that can affect weight outcomes include

behavioural factors such as dietary mix, family characteristics (such as nutritional

knowledge), and broader cultural and community practices, which can be related to

demographic and societal characteristics (such as socioeconomic status and

ethnicity). Changes in societal attitudes about body image may have also had an

influence.

In many cases the evidence of the links between these factors and childhood obesity

is ambiguous, confounding or non-existent. The following broad conclusions are

drawn:

Australian children’s energy intake appears to have risen since the 1980s.

Energy intake

Food consumption

(especially

energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods)

Soft drink

consumption

Energy output

Physical activity

Sport

participation

Walking to school

Sedentary activities

Television

Computer/video

games

Child weight

Indirect influences

Parents and families

Income

Parents’ work habits

Advertising

Physical environment

Urban sprawl

Access to

sport/recreation areas

Fast food outlets

Safety

Knowledge

School environment

Peer behaviours and

preferences

XVIII CHILDHOOD OBESITY

– Australian studies have shown a link between soft drinks, the associated

increase in energy intake, and childhood obesity — although the size of the

effect is small.

Incidental exercise among Australian children appears to have declined,

although organised physical activity might not have.

Children spend more time watching television and using computers and video

games than recommended by health authorities, but research suggests the

contribution of these sedentary activities to childhood obesity is modest.

Australian children are exposed to a relatively high number of advertisements

for energy-dense nutrient-poor foods compared to overseas children. However,

while international evidence shows a link between advertising and knowledge

and preferences, it is difficult to isolate the effect of advertising on energy intake

and thus body weight.

Possible reasons for government intervention

For most adults and children, being overweight or obese is a consequence of a

number of decisions over many years regarding food consumption and exercise. An

economic perspective considers the decision making framework — by taking into

account how individuals (children and parents) respond to changes in incentives,

and how they make decisions involving tradeoffs between different consumption

and exercise choices, including how they spend their time.

In the case of eating decisions, individuals might consider (even if only intuitively)

the potential benefits with the potential costs of eating certain foods. For example,

the benefits include intake of life sustaining calories and nutrients, and other

benefits such as the (short-term) pleasure of taste or of sharing a meal, which is

influenced by family, community or societal characteristics. The costs of eating

include the financial cost, the time cost of purchasing and/or preparing food at

home, as well as the (longer term) future health effects of that consumption

decision. The time cost of purchasing and/or preparing food might be influenced by

family income and work arrangements, which in turn can influence children’s diet.

To the extent such decisions by individuals were able to take into account

appropriate information about the benefits and costs to themselves, as well as any

‘spillover’ effects imposed on the community, and were rationally made, the

resulting weight outcomes could be seen as ‘optimal’, providing little basis for

policy intervention. But there are several reasons why decisions may typically be

deficient in these respects.

OVERVIEW XIX

Decisions may be based on incomplete or incorrect prices and information

Choices about eating and exercise might be distorted if, for example, useful

information is not easily available (for example, about the nutritional or energy

content of foods). Outcomes may also be less than ideal from a community

perspective if an individual makes choices without taking into account costs

imposed on others (referred to as an externality or spillover effect).

But looking at the underlying causes of obesity and overweight there appear to be

few such ‘market failures’ relating to obesity in children (or adults). There might be

a role for government to ensure provision of certain information to help individuals

make decisions that increase their own wellbeing, but the abundance of

obesity-related information on nutrition and exercise already available suggests that

information gaps alone may not be ‘the’ problem. Further, there are few, if any,

externalities relating to obesity, unlike other health-related policy matters — such as

smoking or drink driving — where there are significant detrimental effects imposed

on other people (though see section on health system costs).

Behavioural limitations may prevent people from maximising their own wellbeing

Another potential problem is that decisions may be ‘distorted’ because individuals

are unlikely to always fully account for the future health, financial and lifestyle

consequences of their actions, nor consistently value the associated costs and

benefits (box 3). Even where information is available, behavioural limitations may

prevent individuals from maximising their own wellbeing. For example, evidence

suggests that when eating in groups the amount people eat is influenced by how

much their peers eat rather than their own food intake needs. People also often make

decisions and act in a way that is against their own long-term best interests (such as

eating more food today but postponing the diet or exercise to counter that higher

consumption). This can be thought of as their ‘short-term self’ trumping their

‘long-term self’.

XX CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 3 Behavioural economics provides insights

Obesity is not something that happens overnight, nor do people consciously decide to

be obese. For most people, it is the net result of a series of decisions made over a long

time about diet and exercise, that are influenced by such factors as occupation and

lifestyle. In making these decisions it might seem reasonable to presume that people

weigh up the benefits and costs to themselves of taking different courses of action,

both now and in the future, and choose the options that maximises their wellbeing. For

example, people might be prepared to tradeoff opportunities to exercise to meet other

important objectives such as to travel, undertake study, or spend more time with their

children. They may realise that weight gain would be a likely consequence, but if they

are cognisant of the risks to their health, this might be the price they are prepared to

pay. But calculating the benefits and costs is not always easy, especially when the

costs are uncertain and only likely to occur far in the future.

Behavioural economics has emerged as a way of extending economic approaches to

policy development by recognising, and wherever possible building in, psychological

insights. There are many behavioural biases that can help explain the way people

make decisions that can affect their weight. Two key limitations are bounded rationality

and bounded willpower.

Bounded rationality refers to the difficulty many people have in weighing up all of the

benefits and costs of taking different course of action open to them. For example, they

make less than ideal choices because of difficulties in processing information, or

because they are sensitive to the context in which decisions are made.

Bounded willpower refers to the difficulty many people have in implementing strategies

that they know are in their long term best interests. A very high priority may be given to

short-term gains that outweigh long-term effects, leading to overconsumption in the

current period and procrastination about taking weight reducing actions, such as

starting a diet.

Despite these biases many people develop strategies to address them voluntarily. For

example, they may use simple rules of thumb that produce outcomes that are good

enough in the circumstances, or they may adopt commitment mechanisms such as

buying food in smaller portion sizes, paying up front for membership in a gym, or

enlisting peer group support (for example, by joining Weight Watchers).

While there have been relatively few policy interventions that have been explicitly

attributed to the findings of behavioural economics, many long standing policies have

been based on a view of how people behave in the real world.

The effects of behavioural limitations on children are likely to be greater than on

adults. Children might be more prone to peer group pressure, and have even more

difficulty in accounting for the future consequences of their actions. So children’s

vulnerability to behavioural limitations in decision making is twofold — they are

affected by the limitations to which their parents are subject, and by their own

limitations.

OVERVIEW XXI

The community costs of health care

Another potential reason for governments to reduce obesity in children is to

decrease the health care costs borne by the rest of the community. Although most of

the costs associated with obesity are borne by the obese themselves, universal

access to healthcare and community rating mean the health care costs of obese

people are subsidised by other taxpayers and private health insurance members. Of

course, the obese are not the only group in the community that benefits from

universal health care and community rating, but that does not lessen the argument

for taking action to decrease these costs where it would be practical and cost

effective to do so.

When and how should governments intervene?

Governments can employ a range of policy tools including price instruments (such

as taxes or subsidies), helping consumers be better informed (education and

information), and regulatory measures that influence consumer or producer choices.

Ideally, policies should directly target the source of the problem — for example,

information ‘failures’ and behavioural limitations might warrant ‘softer’ style

interventions, such as information provision and education. Given that obesity

occurs more in some groups of the population than others, such as those in lower

socioeconomic groups, there are also important population targeting considerations.

Moreover, the complex, multifaceted causes of obesity — which are yet to be fully

understood — suggest that effective policy solutions are likely to involve a mix of

tools acting on a range of levels (such as child, family and school, and energy in,

energy out). But these tools should be targeted carefully at the causes of obesity and

focus on improving individual decision-making over the longer term. Measures that

constrain behaviour indiscriminately are rarely effective, equitable, or improve

community wellbeing. Bans or taxes on particular energy-dense nutrient-poor foods,

for example, face design difficulties, affect all consumers regardless of their weight

status, and in the case of taxes, can have perverse budgetary and health effects

particularly for the neediest groups.

Importantly, intervention will clearly only be desirable when it delivers a better

outcome than not intervening. Any policy options being contemplated should be

rigorously assessed to ensure they deliver net community benefits over time.

XXII CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Evidence of effectiveness of interventions is mixed

Interventions to address childhood obesity include both interventions targeted at

reducing childhood obesity and overweight (experimental trials or studies)

conducted by governments and others (mostly in school settings), along with

broader, community-wide government interventions (such as taxes on energy-dense

foods or television advertising restrictions).

International evidence

International evidence on the effectiveness of interventions includes systematic

reviews of targeted interventions, along with studies on community-wide

government interventions. One of these is a review on behalf of the Cochrane

Collaboration, generally regarded as an authoritative voice in systematic reviews in

healthcare. Many interventions intended to prevent childhood obesity do not appear

to have been effective in preventing weight gain to any significant degree, but show

promise in improving lifestyle behaviours (healthy diet and physical activity levels).

Better information is needed to understand if this might translate into improved

weight outcomes in the future.

Evidence on community-wide interventions is also mixed (box 4).

OVERVIEW XXIII

Box 4 Some international evidence on community-wide interventions

Several studies indicate consumers have limited responsiveness to food taxes, which

aim to raise the relative price of energy-dense nutrient-poor foods, although the effects

of price instruments have been shown to be stronger for lower socioeconomic groups.

Taxing particular foods can affect the consumption of other foods, and have

unpredictable health effects. Some studies suggest some consumers are responsive to

some degree, but the effects on Body Mass Index (BMI) were generally small.

The evidence suggests that the link between television viewing and childhood obesity

is, at most, small in magnitude. Some countries have banned television advertising of

energy-dense nutrient-poor foods aimed at children, but there appear to be no firm

data to support the effectiveness of the bans. For instance, targeting television

advertising might be of limited effectiveness if it does not capture other forms of

advertising.

A study of a New York policy on mandatory posting of calorie content on restaurant

menus suggested it had led to a small reduction in energy consumption from

Starbucks, and a greater reduction for higher energy consumption individuals. The

estimated effect on body weight was small, suggesting that reduced energy

consumption from posting of energy content on menus would not have a major effect

on obesity. In contrast, another study of the same mandatory posting of calorie content

found that there was no overall effect on calories purchased from fast-food restaurants

i n low-income, minority New York communities.

Australian evidence

Australian interventions addressing childhood obesity are primarily of a targeted

kind, focusing on providing information, increasing education and influencing

physical activity. Few interventions list reducing or preventing obesity in children

among their stated objectives, although many seek to influence physical activity or

dietary awareness or both. Given that some of these have measured body

composition (such as BMI or waist circumference), they provide some insights into

how well they work in terms of reducing or preventing obesity.

In general, the interventions studied have had mixed success in improving body

composition. But in some cases they were successful in promoting other desirable

outcomes, such as increasing the level of physical activity. The results from some

other interventions were less positive (box 5). Further, long-term follow up to assess

the sustainability of outcomes has not been undertaken for many Australian

interventions.

XXIV CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 5 Success of selected Australian interventions

Be Active Eat Well

Be Active Eat Well was one of the first community-based interventions in Australia with

an evaluation. Key strategies of the intervention included changing canteen menus,

introducing daily fruit, reducing television watching and increasing activities after

school. Be Active Eat Well delivered positive (short-term) results for most of the body

composition measures (for example, waist circumference), though not Body Mass

Index (BMI). Long-term results are yet to be reported.

Switch–Play

Switch–Play focused on physical activity through two components — behaviour

modification (delivered in classrooms) and/or fundamental movement skills (delivered

in physical activity facilities).

Switch–Play had a significant effect on BMI for the children participating in a combined

behavioural modification and fundamental movement skills program, directly after the

intervention and at the 6- and 12-month follow-ups. This group was also less likely to

be overweight or obese between baseline and post intervention and at the 12-month

follow-up. No significant change was reported in BMI for the other two intervention

groups (one undertaking only behaviour modification and the other undertaking only

fundamental movement skills).

Engaging Adolescent Girls in School Sport

Engaging Adolescent Girls in School Sport aimed to increase physical activity by

increasing enjoyment of physical activity, perceived competence and physical

self-perception. The intervention (which did not measure body composition) succeeded

in increasing the target group’s enjoyment of physical activity and body image, yet

levels of physical activity reportedly declined.

Building the evidence base for effective policy

On balance, the evidence to date suggests that while many interventions to prevent

childhood obesity show promise in improving lifestyle behaviours, they have not

been effective in stabilising or reducing obesity prevalence to any significant

degree. That said, methodological issues may affect the reliability of conclusions

drawn from some of the research.

Possible reasons why many interventions do not appear to have been effective

include:

the complexity of the problem and its inherent challenges

OVERVIEW XXV

policy tools might have been poorly designed, for example not properly targeting

the causes of obesity

institutional and other constraints mean otherwise well-designed interventions

have not been successful

effective policy tools might have been designed, but methodological flaws in

their evaluation prevent their identification.

For those interventions showing promise, ongoing evaluation will be required

before implementing them more broadly, given their costs. This means collecting

quality data on effectiveness of pilot programs and, while this too can be costly, it

may be crucial to developing sound policy. The current lack of quality data might

reflect funding for projects focusing on the intervention rather than evaluation.

Careful judgment is required to appropriately balance budget allocation between the

intervention itself and evidence gathering, without which a proper understanding of

policy effectiveness may remain elusive. Evaluation expenditure should be

considered in a cost–benefit framework too, taking into account any potential

wasted expenditure if the intervention proves ineffective. Information gathering and

evaluations should also be set up in a way to minimise the risk of biasing the results.

Where evidence on benefits remains limited and uncertain, some strategies could

help ensure that interventions generate net community benefits:

experiment first with low-cost programs that have low risks of collateral impacts

(‘do no harm’) or undue costs on consumers (including cost increases passed on

by producers)

for programs with potentially high costs, initially implement trials to gather

quality evidence on benefits and costs

roll out programs gradually, which can allow continual evidence gathering and

adjustment

evaluate programs rigorously

share information to enable wider learning from successes and failures.

INTRODUCTION 1

1 Introduction

Being overweight or obese as a child has implications for the child’s health now and

as an adult. It is a policy concern in Australia and for governments internationally.

Preventative health policy aims to manage risk factors such as obesity to decrease

the incidence and effect of subsequent health problems. However, such expenditure

needs to be justified in terms of effectiveness and value for public money. Programs

to prevent and reduce childhood obesity can be difficult to design and implement

successfully, particularly given the complexity and multitude of different

determinants of obesity.

This paper analyses the issue of childhood obesity within an economic policy

framework. It also reviews the evidence of trends in obesity in children and

provides an overview of recent and planned childhood obesity preventative health

programs. In this introductory chapter we discuss the policy background in

Australia and outline the approach taken by this paper. Following this the estimated

prevalence of obesity in Australian children is reported and discussed.

1.1 Background

Childhood obesity is associated with a range of health problems, emerging in

childhood and later adult life (box 1.1). These include psychosocial problems such

as social discrimination and reduced self-esteem, and physical health problems such

as type 2 diabetes and risk factors associated with cardiovascular disease.

The prevalence of childhood obesity in Australia has been increasing since the

1970s, particularly in the decade from the mid 1980s to the mid 1990s (Norton et

al. 2006). While government and community focus on obesity increased from the

mid 1990s, broader preventative health programs focusing on physical activity and

nutrition date from the 1980s (for example, the iconic ‘Life. Be in it’ campaign and

the National Better Health Program (Lin and Robinson 2005)).

In 1997, the National Health and Medical Research Council released Acting on

Australias Weight: a Strategic Plan for the Prevention of Overweight and Obesity

(NHMRC 1997).

2 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 1.1 The health consequences of childhood obesity

Childhood obesity can cause a range of psychosocial (psychological and social) and

physical health problems. While most of the health consequences arise in adult life,

they are becoming increasingly common in children (Must and Strauss 1999). Further

detailed discussion on the health consequences of obesity for adults and children is

presented in Lobstein, Baur and Uauy (2004) and WHO (2000).

Psychosocial problems

Psychosocial problems are likely to be more widespread, and more immediate, than

physical health problems in children and adolescents (Dietz 1998; Lobstein, Baur and

Uauy 2004). Studies have found that obese children are targets for social

discrimination (Latner and Stunkard 2003; Richardson et al. 1961). In addition, an

inverse relationship between self-esteem and body weight may exist (for example,

Franklin et al. 2006; French, Story and Perry 1995; Hesketh, Wake and Waters 2004).

Equivocal evidence suggests a relationship between obesity and psychiatric illness,

such as depression and anxiety states (Lobstein, Baur and Uauy 2004). Childhood

obesity is also a known risk factor for eating disorders such as binge eating disorder

and bulimia nervosa (Fairburn et al. 1997; 1998).

Physical health problems

Cardiovascular risk factors — include high blood pressure, high cholesterol and

insulin resistance (WHO 2000). Childhood obesity was found to be associated with

cardiovascular risk factors in an Australian study (Garnett et al. 2007). However,

international evidence suggests there may not be a direct, independent relationship

between childhood obesity and cardiovascular risk factors in adulthood, and instead

they may be indirectly related through obesity tracking from childhood to adulthood

(Lloyd, Langley-Evans and McMullen 2010).

Type 2 diabetes — previously mostly occurring in adults, the diagnosis rate in

children appears to be increasing (McMahon et al. 2004). It can cause short- and

long-term serious health effects including chronic kidney disease and loss of vision

(AIHW 2006a). The parallel rise in obesity and (type 1 and 2) diabetes in children

suggests a causal relationship may exist (Alberti et al. 2004). An Australian study

found that Body Mass Index (BMI) z-score at 5 years was an independent predictor

of (type 1 and 2) diabetes at 21 years (a BMI z-score indicates the relativity of a

particular BMI to the mean for that age and gender) (Mamun, Cramb et al. 2009).

Hepatic complications — include hepatic steatosis (fatty liver disease) and

cholelithiasis (gallstones). Research suggests a relationship between childhood

obesity and these two conditions (Dietz 1998; Rashad and Roberts 2000).

Other complications — include orthopaedic complications such as Blount disease

(Dietz 1998) and musculoskeletal discomfort (such as knee pain and impaired

mobility) (Taylor et al. 2006), and pulmonary complications such as sleep disorders

(ranging from heavy snoring to sleep apnoea) (Must and Strauss 1999; Lobstein,

Baur and Uauy 2004) and asthma (Reilly et al. 2003).

(Continued next page)

INTRODUCTION 3

Box 1.1 (continued)

Long term

In the long term, the most significant consequence of childhood obesity is adult obesity

and its consequences (WHO 2000). International (Singh et al. 2008) and Australian

literature (Burke, Beilin and Dunbar 2001; Magarey et al. 2003; Mamun, Hayatbakhsh

et al. 2009; Venn et al. 2007) indicate an increased risk of overweight and obese

children becoming overweight and obese adults.

Australian Health Ministers agreed that overweight and obesity was a sufficiently

significant public health problem to establish a taskforce in November 2002.

Healthy Weight 2008 — Australias Future followed, stating the initial focus of the

national effort would be on children and young people (National Obesity

Taskforce 2003).

More recently, obesity was the subject of a House of Representatives inquiry

(House of Representatives Standing Committee on Health and Ageing 2009) and

was a focal point of the National Preventative Health Taskforce (2009). The

Government released its response to the National Preventative Health Taskforce’s

report in 2010 (Australian Government 2010).

1.2 Approach of this paper

This paper covers five main areas that are important in understanding childhood

obesity in Australia and why it might require government intervention (figure 1.1).

The causes of overweight and obesity in children are explored, including individual

characteristics, such as genetics, that give a predisposition to weight gain, the

behaviours of individuals, such as their food consumption and exercise, and

environmental factors that influence these behaviours, such as advertising and the

physical environment.

Understanding the causes is important for explaining the changes in the prevalence

of childhood obesity and considering if childhood overweight and obesity is a

problem that requires government intervention. Some of the costs of overweight and

obesity are borne by obese individuals themselves (such as the health consequences)

and other costs are borne by the community (such as shared costs under a public

health system). Both the causes and the consequences of overweight and obesity

need to be considered when assessing the problem and deciding if government

action is warranted. If there is a case for intervention, the next step is to identify

which individual characteristics and behavioural and environmental causes are

4 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

amenable to policy influence. Then, consideration needs to be given as to which

potential policy options can be used to target them.

When making policy decisions it is important to consider the available evidence or

any evidence of the effectiveness of previous interventions, and if the benefits

warrant the costs of undertaking the policy option, including the cost of taxation or

diverting funds from other programs, and costs that might be imposed on

consumers.

Figure 1.1 The approach of this study

1.3 Childhood overweight and obesity prevalence in

Australia

Assessing the prevalence of obesity in the community requires appropriate

measurement and collection of data. The Body Mass Index (BMI) is the most

commonly used method to measure overweight and obesity in large

Is there a problem?

Costs to the individual

Health

Social

Work and income

Incentives for policy action

Are the causes open to influence by government?

What are the policy options available to government?

Assessing the policy options

Which policy actions are effective?

What are the benefits?

What are the costs?

Population prevalence and trends

Costs to the community

Shared health costs

Shared other costs

Causes of overweight and obesity

Individual characteristics

Behaviour

Environment

INTRODUCTION 5

population-level surveys. There are advantages and disadvantages to using BMI

(box 1.2), however, it is the measure most commonly used in surveys, mainly due to

its ease of measurement.

Box 1.2 Measuring childhood obesity

Methods used to measure childhood overweight and obesity on a population level

include Body Mass Index (BMI), waist circumference and skinfolds. More precise

measures of body fat such as Dual X-ray absorptiometry are generally not used on a

population level due to their cost.

BMI is the most commonly used method to measure overweight and obesity on a

population level for both adults and children. It is calculated by dividing a person’s

weight in kilograms by their height in metres squared. This number is used to

categorise adults into one of four weight categories: BMI less than 18.5 indicates the

person is underweight; 18.5 to 25 indicates normal weight; 25 to 30 indicates

overweight; and greater than 30 indicates obesity (WHO 2000).

Classifying children into one of the categories is done differently. Internationally

recognised age and gender specific cut offs for children were developed by Cole et al.

2000 and Cole et al. 2007, using data from Brazil, Great Britain, Hong Kong, the

Netherlands, Singapore and the United States. These BMI cut offs for each age and

gender trend towards and merge with the respective adult cut offs for underweight,

overweight and obesity at age 18. This is illustrated below for male children.

BMI thresholds for male children

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Age (years)

BMI

Underweight

Normal weight

Overweight

Obese

Sources: Cole et al. (2000); Cole et al. (2007).

BMI has many advantages over other measures including:

it is easier, and considered less invasive, to measure height and weight in a school

setting (where most data for large child surveys are collected)

it is less costly

(Continued next page)

6 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 1.2 (continued)

some studies have shown BMI is correlated with body fat in children (for example,

Pietrobelli et al. 1998; Schaefer et al. 1998).

However, BMI also has disadvantages, including:

it does not give any indication of the distribution of fat on a person, such as central

fat (central adiposity) versus peripheral fat. Central fat may carry more risk than total

body fat (Oken and Gillman 2003)

it does not quantify body composition — people with high muscle mass, but not

necessarily high fat mass, such as athletes, can record BMIs in the obese range

females with slender frames but significant excess fat may record misleadingly low

BMIs (Nevill et al. 2006)

it is not fully independent of height, especially for children, and is influenced by body

proportions (Garn, Leonard and Hawthorne 1986)

the cut off points for children (Cole et al. 2000) were estimated using mostly

Caucasian data and they may not be valid for non-Caucasian children.

The data on overweight and obesity in Australian children are limited and ‘patchy’.

(For the purposes of this paper we consider children as anyone under 18 years of

age.) There are very few national surveys and they are often at least a decade apart.

Since the mid 1990s, many states have completed at least one survey. However,

data sets will often include different age groups and have different methodologies.

Olds et al. (2009) presents a comprehensive list of Australian measured (as distinct

from self-reported) data sources.

Recent national data

Two recent national surveys of childhood overweight and obesity reveal similar

results, except for obesity rates for male children. According to the latest National

Health Survey (NHS) for 2007-08 (ABS 2009a), 75 per cent of children were not

overweight or obese. The proportion of children classified as overweight was

17 per cent with a slightly higher prevalence of females (18 per cent) than males

(16 per cent). Overall, 8 per cent of children were classified as obese, with a

significantly higher prevalence for males (10 per cent) than females (6 per cent)

(figure 1.2).

The 2007 Australian National Children’s Nutrition and Physical Activity Survey

(National Children’s Survey) (CSIRO and University of South Australia 2008a)

reported similar results, with 72 per cent of children not overweight or obese. The

proportion of children classified as overweight was 17 per cent, with a slightly

INTRODUCTION 7

higher prevalence for females than males. Overall, 6 per cent were classified as

obese, with a slightly higher prevalence of females (6 per cent) than males (5 per

cent).

Figure 1.2 Weight classification of Australian children aged 5–17 years,

2007-08

Proportion classified as not overweight, overweight or obese

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Not overweight Overweight Obese

Per cent

Males Females Total

Source: ABS (2007-08 National Health Survey, Cat. no. 4364.0).

While the two surveys report very similar prevalence rates for overweight in

Australian children, the NHS reports a higher obesity prevalence (8 per cent),

compared to the National Children’s Survey (6 per cent). This result was driven by

a significant difference in the proportion of obese males, which was 10 per cent in

the NHS and 5 per cent in the National Children’s Survey, and in particular, the

proportion of 13–17 year old males classified as obese in the NHS at 13 per cent.

Differences in the age groups (2–16 years in the National Children’s Survey and

5–17 years in the NHS) and the survey response rates between the two surveys are

likely to account for part of the differences in results (ABS 2009c; CSIRO and

University of South Australia 2008b).

The prevalence of overweight and obesity is higher in the adult population than in

the child population, with 37 per cent of adults being overweight and 25 per cent

obese in 2007-08 (ABS 2009a).

8 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Childhood overweight and obesity over time

In the twentieth century, the estimated prevalence of childhood overweight and

obesity was relatively constant until the 1970s when it began to increase, and

continued to grow for the rest of the century, according to BMI data (Norton et

al. 2006). Three national surveys conducted in 1985, 1995 and 2007-08 provide

some indication of trends in the prevalence of obesity in recent decades:

The 1985 Australian Health and Fitness Survey included about 8500 children

aged 7–15 years (Magarey, Daniels and Boulton 2001).

The 1995 National Nutrition Survey, conducted by the ABS, involved about

3000 children aged 2–18 years (ABS 1997; Magarey, Daniels and Boulton

2001).

The 2007-08 NHS (discussed earlier) included 5000 children aged 5–17 years.

These surveys included different age groups and used different sampling methods,

which make it difficult to compare the results. However, the differences are not so

substantial as to preclude comparison.

Prevalence estimates for ages 7–15 years for the 1995 data are available that allow

for better comparison with the earlier 1985 data. For males, between 1985 and 1995

the prevalence of overweight increased from 9 per cent to 15 per cent, while the

proportion of obese increased from 1 per cent to 5 per cent. The 1995 and 2007-08

data involve different age groups. Between 1995 and 2007-08 the prevalence of

overweight male children increased from 15 per cent to 16 per cent, while the

proportion of male children classified as obese more than doubled from 5 per cent

to 10 per cent (figure 1.3).

For females, between 1985 and 1995 the prevalence of overweight increased from

11 per cent to 16 per cent, while the proportion of obese increased from 1 per cent

to 5 per cent. Between 1995 and 2007-08 the prevalence of overweight female

children increased from 16 per cent to 18 per cent, while the percentage of obese

increased from 5 per cent to 6 per cent (figure 1.3).

Is overweight and obesity in children and adolescents still increasing?

These three national surveys indicate that overweight and obesity prevalence in

children has been increasing (although generally at a declining rate). However,

recently published research suggests it might have levelled off sometime between

the 1995 and 2007-08 national surveys. Olds et al. (2009) pooled together

41 different studies that included data on the BMI of Australian children conducted

between 1985 and 2008.

INTRODUCTION 9

Figure 1.3 Weight classification of Australian children, 1985 to 2007-08

Proportion classified as not overweight, overweight or obese

Males

0

20

40

60

80

100

1985 1995 2007-08

Per cent

a a b

Females

0

20

40

60

80

100

1985 1995 2007-08

Per cent

a a b

Not Overweight Overweight Obese

a Ages 7–15 years. b Ages 5–17 years.

Sources: ABS (2007–08 National Health Survey, Cat. no. 4364.0); Magarey, Daniels and Boulton (2001).

Although the 2007-08 NHS was not included due to the timing of its publication, its

inclusion would not have changed the overall findings (Olds, T.S., University of

South Australia, pers. comm., 9 June 2009).

The authors found that since about 1996, the prevalence of children classified as

overweight or obese has stabilised, or only slightly increased. The prevalence of

obesity in males increased from 1 per cent in 1985 to 5 per cent in 1996 and

remained at 5 per cent in 2008. Similarly for females, it increased from 1 per cent in

1985 to 6 per cent in 1996 and was 6 per cent in 2008. For overweight and obesity

combined, the prevalence in males increased from 10 per cent in 1985 to 22 per cent

in 1996 to 24 per cent in 2008, and for females it increased from 12 per cent in 1985

to 24 per cent in 1996 to 25 per cent in 2008 (figure 1.4).

However, as highlighted later (chapter 3), childhood obesity prevalence is greater in

some subgroups than others and Olds et al. (2009) does not report on obesity trends

in different subgroups. Regardless of whether childhood obesity prevalence has

levelled off, current levels are still considered by many observers to be higher than

desirable (Olds et al. 2009).

10 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Figure 1.4 Weight classification of Australian children aged 2–18 years,

1985 to 2008

Proportion classified as obese and overweight and obese

Males

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

1985 1996 2008

Per cent

Females

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

1985 1996 2008

Per cent

Obese Overweight and obese

Source: Olds et al. (2009).

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

11

2 Obesity in an economic framework

For most adults, being overweight or obese is a consequence of a number of

decisions they have made over many years regarding food consumption and

exercise. If made voluntarily and with full information of the consequences these

are largely personal decisions, and there the matter might otherwise rest. But to

some extent the decisions some people make are sub optimal. They might have

made better choices if they had had the benefit of foresight or had been better

informed. Being obese might also have consequences for the rest of the community.

In this chapter we examine obesity in an economic framework to consider the case

for government intervention. Even if the basis for intervention in the case of adults

is relatively weak, there may be a stronger case for intervening in the affairs of

children. We first consider how people make decisions about eating and energy use,

before considering why these decisions may be ‘distorted’, for example because of

incomplete information or price signals or cognitive and behavioural limitations.

The costs of obesity are then considered.

2.1 Decision making

While some people are more predisposed to becoming obese than others (chapter 3),

as a general rule people put on weight when the energy in the food they consume

exceeds the energy they expend. It is therefore necessary to understand the

influences on both sides of this obesity ledger: energy in and energy out.

Considering obesity in a cost–benefit framework can help to explain why a greater

proportion of the population have become more overweight or obese over time. At

its simplest this could occur where food costs decrease and income rises, where the

cost of expending energy through exercise increases, or where people’s preferences

change (such that they prefer more or different food and/or less exercise than they

previously might). Using an economic framework can also help identify market

failures or behavioural limitations that might constrain the potential for individuals

to maximise their own wellbeing over time (section 2.2).

People make a myriad of different decisions about the way they live their lives,

many of them having implications for their weight. Faced with multiple competing

12 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

activities and purchasing choices, rational consumers will make decisions to

allocate their scarce resources of time and money to maximise their wellbeing.

In the context of childhood obesity, decision making about eating and exercise is to

a large extent made by adults on behalf of children, though not entirely. Moreover,

decisions are probably not made to optimise weight per se — rather people make

decisions about what and when to eat and how much exercise they do, with weight

being a possible factor in these decisions (but weight is certainly an outcome of

such decisions).

Eating provides benefits to individuals including providing calories and nutrients

that keep them alive and healthy, providing pleasure through taste (palatability) and

being an important social activity (figure 2.1). In choosing what, when and where to

eat, people will compare these potential benefits against the potential costs of

eating, which can include the financial cost of purchasing food, the time cost of

purchasing/preparing food and future health effects (mortality, morbidity, quality of

life effects). For example, people might purchase energy-dense nutrient-poor

takeaway food, even in the knowledge that it may be less nutritious for them than a

home prepared meal, because it frees up time to engage in other pursuits (helping

the kids with their homework, walking the dog etc) that they value more highly.

Energy expended is often a function of other decisions and factors (such as the type

and location of work, location of home and transport options, and preferred leisure

activities) as well as specific decisions to exercise to improve fitness or control

weight. Energy expended therefore could be affected by a wide range of factors

including technological changes in the workplace, prices of transport and fuel, and

prices of housing. Exercise can deliver health benefits, enjoyment and social

benefits, but these can be weighed against the time and financial costs of exercise

and potential health (injury) risks (figure 2.1).

In making decisions about eating and undertaking exercise, tensions can occur

between the benefits and costs. Some people will effectively choose to be

overweight and knowingly incur additional health risks as the ‘price’ to be paid for

enjoying food/company or undertaking less exercise today. It follows that the

optimal prevalence of overweight and obesity in society will not be zero.

The decision-making framework in figure 2.1 is a simplified representation, and the

value (or perception of the value) of the benefits and costs of eating and exercise are

influenced by many factors. For example, while it is perhaps difficult to talk about

the price of ‘food’ in a generic sense in the Australian context, in some countries the

price of staples will act as a significant constraint on total food consumption. In

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

13

Figure 2.1 Decision-making framework

Eating Decision

weighs up:

Benefits

Costs

Health/

sustenance

Enjoyment of

eating

(palatability)

Social benefits

Price of food

Potential health

effects

Other factors

Other factors

Time cost

Financial cost

($) (forgone

consumption of

non-food items)

Enjoyment of

preparing food

‘Energy out’

Obesity is caused by an imbalance between ‘energy in’ and ‘energy out’

‘Energy in’

Energy use

Physical activity

Keeping body

alive and at rest

Processing food

(thermic effect)

Voluntary

exercise

Involuntary

(or incidental)

exercise

eg at work, in

transport

Voluntary

exercise

Decision

weighs up:

Benefits

Costs

Health benefits

Enjoyment of

exercise

Social benefits

Other factors

Price of exercise

Potential health

costs (injury)

Other factors

Time cost

Financial cost

($) (forgone

consumption of

other items)

14 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Australia, price influences are more likely to involve relative prices between food

types (such as the relative prices of fast food and home cooked meals, for which a

substantial input is effort and time). People’s decisions will also be influenced by

their income (better quality foods and more ‘outsourcing’ to restaurants) and their

education, as well as access to information about nutrition, health benefits and risks.

Advertising might also influence or ‘distort’ individual preferences.

As noted earlier, decisions about children’s eating and exercise are to a large extent

made by adults on their behalf. Nonetheless, to the extent that these factors

influence parents’ assessment of the benefits and costs of eating and exercise in

making their own weight-related decisions, the same factors are also likely to

influence parents’ decisions on behalf of their children.

As relative prices, income or preferences change, so would the mix of activities that

maximises the wellbeing of that person. The following discussion canvasses some

possible broad trends that might have influenced eating and exercise decisions,

increasing the prevalence of overweight and obesity since the 1970s. Specific

factors that might cause, or at least are associated with, obesity — such as

socioeconomic status, education and advertising — are discussed further in

chapter 3.

Price and time cost effects

A decline in the price of food will lead to an increase in consumption, other things

being the same. But the demand for food in total is ‘inelastic’ (that is, consumption

is not very responsive to price changes), so the effect of price decreases on total

consumption would be expected to be modest. Cutler, Glaeser and Shapiro (2003)

cite a price elasticity of demand of –0.6 (indicating that a 10 per cent decrease in the

price of food would increase consumption by 6 per cent), but suggest that if this

were adjusted for quality effects, the demand for caloric intake would be more

inelastic. Similarly, studies on the effectiveness of food taxes suggest demand is not

very responsive to price changes (section 5.1, chapter 5).

Even so, Lakdawalla and Phillipson (2002) claim that as much as 40 per cent of the

increase in weight of Americans over the period 1976 to 1994 can be attributed to

price decreases associated with agricultural innovation.

Furthermore, relative prices matter. An increase in the price of one food item can

lead to a switch from the relatively higher priced item to lower cost items. Research

in the United States indicates that there is an inverse relationship between energy

density and energy cost (price per unit of energy), so energy-dense foods may be

cheaper (Drewnowski and Specter 2004). If this is the case, consumers face a

tradeoff between buying healthy (and relatively more expensive) foods or buying

cheaper energy-dense alternatives and having additional income to buy more of

other goods or services.

Similarly, the time costs associated with food preparation will also influence

consumption decisions. Cutler, Glaeser and Shapiro (2003) note that ‘… reductions

in the time required to prepare food reduced the per calorie cost of food by 29 per

cent from 1965 to 1995’ (p. 112). Their research found that the lower time cost of

food preparation has led to more frequent consumption of a greater variety of food,

and to higher weight, and that this helps explain a ‘good share’ of the observed

increase in Body Mass Index (BMI) over the study period (Cutler, Glaeser and

Shapiro 2003, p. 110).

The effect of food prices on children’s consumption would be expected to be quite

muted, given that they are not usually the ones making household decisions

regarding food purchase and preparation. But Cawley (2007) cites evidence that

school children are sensitive to changes in the relative prices of high-fat and low-fat

foods. French et al. (2001) found similar results through changing prices of low-fat

snacks in secondary school vending machines.

The effect of rising incomes

The income elasticity of food is generally regarded to be quite low. As incomes rise

individuals reach a point of satiation, and begin to spend their income on other

goods and services. However, rising incomes give them access to a wider variety of

foods and enable them to consume more food away from home. Rising incomes

also increase the opportunity cost of time for preparing food or exercising if it

comes at the cost of work.

The effect of income on obesity changes with economic development — while in

less advanced countries there is a positive relationship between income and weight,

there is evidence that in rich countries there is a negative relationship between

obesity and both income and education (refer to chapter 3 for discussion on

socioeconomic status). Although technological advancement has led to lower food

prices, and may provide some explanation for the rise in obesity prevalence,

Philipson and Posner (1999) propose that the growth in obesity as a result of this

factor may be self limiting when it makes workers sufficiently well off (and

consequently increases the demand for ‘thinness’).

The income effects on children are not direct (as they are unlikely to earn their own

income). Rather such effects are likely to arise through their parents’ income, which

can also shape the family environment (chapter 3).

16 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

The cost of exercise

In addition to the effects of lower prices of food and increases in income, the cost of

exercise has increased. Due to production-related technological advancement,

workers are less engaged in paid work that entails expending significant physical

energy. This shift toward more sedentary jobs corresponds with an increase in the

cost of physical activity. Workers were once, in a sense, paid to exercise through

their active labour, but in more sedentary jobs they must now forgo their free time

to exercise. As well, in some cases, individuals choose to pay to engage in exercise

(such as through gym membership). In theory, the higher the wage, the higher is the

opportunity cost of time devoted to engaging in exercise, but also the greater the

capacity to pay for exercise. That said, people enjoy physical activity to varying

degrees, and the cost of forgoing more passive leisure in order to engage in physical

activity will also vary. There are many competing demands on children’s time, and

to undertake exercise can mean giving up other pursuits. Further, it can involve the

cost of a parent’s time where supervision or transport is required.

Unintended consequences?

Just as obesity may be an unintended side effect of economic development, it may

also be an unintended consequence of policy action designed to address other

economic, social, or health goals. For example, Chou, Grossman and Saffer (2004)

found a positive relationship between the rising prevalence of obesity in adults (in

the United States) and cigarette prices. Other research indicates that an increase in

cigarette taxes increases female BMI (Rashad, Grossman and Chou 2006). For

children, providing a school bus might improve safety, but might reduce the

opportunities for children to exercise by walking or riding to school.

2.2 Rationales for government intervention

In making decisions about eating and exercise, people take into account a range of

information. This includes current and future market prices of goods and services,

the implicit value of their own time and efforts, as well as health and other

‘non-price’ impacts, such as social interaction and enjoyment.

If information and prices and costs are distorted, then these decisions may not be

optimal. For example, food producers might not have an incentive to provide

information about the nutritional or energy content of their foods. Taxes or other

interventions might distort food prices.

Furthermore, as discussed below, behavioural limitations can mean consumers

make decisions about food consumption and exercise that are not in their own best

interests (through an inability to process information or by not behaving in rational

ways) (see also box 2.1).

That said, the presence of spillovers, information gaps or behavioural limitations is

a necessary but not sufficient condition for government intervention. Intervention

should only occur if it leads to a better outcome than would occur in its absence,

after allowing for the costs of implementing the intervention (chapter 4).

Box 2.1 Externalities, information failures and behavioural

limitations

Externality (or spillover) effects occur when consumption or production of a product

affects the welfare or production possibilities of unrelated third parties. These effects

might be positive or negative. An example of a positive externality is disease

immunisation, which protects the individual, but also lowers the general risk of disease

for everyone. Examples of negative externalities include passive smoking, and effects

on unrelated parties from drink driving related accidents. The presence of externalities

can mean that there are private incentives to produce or consume too much (in the

case of a negative externality) or too little (in the case of a positive externality) than

would be best from a community perspective.

Information failures arise where there is insufficient or inadequate information about

such matters as price, quality and availability for firms, investors and consumers to

make well-informed decisions.

Even where externalities or information gaps are absent, individuals may behave in

ways that limit the returns they might achieve from using the scarce resources (such as

income and time) at their disposal. Behavioural economics suggests that people can

have difficulty weighing up the costs and benefits of different options open to them and

instead resort to using rules of thumb, or other heuristics. They may also tend to:

discount costs and benefits over time in an inconsistent fashion that leads to

procrastination; value losses more than equal-sized gains; and make different

decisions depending on the context in which they are making those decisions.

Information gaps

Information failures come in various forms. Information asymmetry — for example,

where a firm has information that consumers do not — can lead to consumers

purchasing goods that they might not want if they were in possession of full

information and were able to process that information. For example, a consumer

may unwittingly purchase and consume food containing ingredients that they would

rather avoid. Consumers, however, are not always less informed than firms — for

18 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

example, consumers purchasing insurance may know more about the risks they face

than the insurer.

In the case of obesity, if individuals are to make informed choices they need

information on the (eating and exercise) behaviour that can lead to obesity

(including the energy and nutritional content of food options), the health risks

associated with being overweight or obese, and the likelihood of these risks

occurring. The extent to which such information will be effective will be linked to

how they convert information to appropriate action, and the ease of engaging in that

action.

Children are usually neither well-informed, nor always free to make their own

choices, with parents often making decisions about eating and exercise for children.

For children who do make decisions (such as at school), or at least influence

parental decisions, the potential for information failure is very apparent, as they do

not get access to all the necessary information and generally have a reduced

capacity to evaluate information about their own health.

When parents make decisions on behalf of children, a special case of the

principal–agent problem applies, where the interests of the parent may not align

with those of the child’s. In this case, where interests conflict, the child has limited

ability to define and defend their own interests. In most cases though, parents are

expected to act in the best interests of their children. Therefore, any relevant

information failure relating to childhood obesity should be addressed by targeting

parents (or guardians) and its success would depend on parents acting in the best

interests of their children.

There may be a role for government provision and dissemination of information

about obesity and exercise, especially if it helps to address the costs to the

community of obesity (see below) and meets the cost–benefit test mentioned above.

Government may be seen as a more credible source of information than the private

sector. Alternatively, government might compel information provision by industry,

such as through nutritional labels on food products. Other government roles may

include social marketing campaigns about healthy eating patterns and desired

physical activity levels for children at school or in the broader community.

Regulations may be introduced to prevent misleading advertising of, say, food

products or health-related products such as diet products. Different policy

instruments are discussed further in chapter 4.

However, even when adequately informed, cognitive limitations may limit the

ability of consumers to act on that information to promote their own best interests

(see discussion in behavioural considerations section below).

Externalities

Economics defines an externality as the side effects or spillovers of an activity that

are not taken into account in an individual’s or business’ decision and that affect

another party’s wellbeing. In these circumstances, the social and private marginal

costs differ. An individual or business only takes into account the private costs in

their decision and ignores the social costs (the private costs plus the cost it imposes

on another party). So, in the case of a negative externality, where social costs are

greater than private costs, too much of the good is produced or consumed, from a

community perspective (a positive externality would result in too little of the good

being produced or consumed).

For public policy purposes, it is helpful to distinguish between pecuniary and

technical externalities, and between (negative) externalities and costs imposed on

the community.

Pecuniary externalities are generally defined as externalities that are transmitted

through the price system (for more detail see Bohanon 1985). The typical example

is where a new, more efficient firm enters a competitive industry, driving down the

price received by all existing firms. The harm to the existing firms is more than

offset by a transfer of income to consumers.

Technical externalities on the other hand have a direct real effect on a third party,

and can result in market inefficiency, potentially warranting corrective action,

whereas pecuniary externalities do not have efficiency implications. In the case of

health issues such as smoking or alcohol consumption, technical externalities are

quite clear, such as the health or discomfort effects of passive smoking, or the

injuries or fatalities of others associated with drink driving.

By comparison, overweight and obese people cause few policy-relevant technical

externalities, that is, their weight does not materially affect the wellbeing of other

people. The loss of personal space that some people might experience sitting next to

an obese person on a plane (or on public transport, or at a concert) may be thought

of as a technical externality. Such externalities might be partly ‘internalised’

through affected passengers moving or adjusting their seating position. (Such

technical externalities would not normally be an issue with overweight children.)

The response by airlines or theatres to the growing size of their patrons may be to

increase the size of seating, reducing the overall number of seats within a given

venue, thus increasing the costs to normal weight people using those seats.

Alternatively, where a person’s weight is an important influence on the cost of

providing them with a service, businesses might choose to charge those people a

higher price, and/or provide them with a subtly different service. For example, some

20 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

airlines have experimented with higher charges for obese people, a recent example

being Air France/KLM offering obese people an option to buy a second seat at a

25 per cent discount, refundable if the plane is not fully booked. People who cannot

sit comfortably in a single seat and have not reserved an extra seat might not be

allowed to board if the flight is full (Air France 2010).

Efficiency costs of higher health care costs

It is also important to distinguish between technical externalities that might be

policy relevant in their own right and costs imposed on the rest of the community

associated with deliberate policy decisions to provide a minimum level of public

health care for all.

On average, obese people consume more health care costs than normal weight

people. The obese bear some of these costs themselves, such as a portion of medical

costs and possibly lost wages (they may have more work loss days due to ill health),

and some of the costs will be borne by others. (Obese people also bear the

diminution of their own wellbeing.) Of the costs to others, some are borne through

collectively financed systems, such as medical care, sick leave, group life insurance,

and retirement pensions. Specifically, the greater healthcare needs of obese

individuals will increase health costs for all, either through increased taxes or

through increased healthcare premiums (where a policy of community rating

applies). These ‘external’ costs, which are sometimes characterised in the literature

as an externality (for example, see Bhattacharya and Sood 2005), are more in the

style of a pecuniary rather than a technical externality, and might simply be

recognised as part of the costs the community is prepared to bear to provide a

universal health care system. That is, they might be considered as a transfer from

one part of the community to the other. However, there is limited evidence on how

significant these obesity costs (for adults or children) might be in the Australian

context (although a US study estimated them to be of the order of $150 per capita

(Bhattacharya and Sood 2005)).

But some efficiency costs are also associated with public health care. The efficiency

costs arise from the deadweight losses of the additional tax revenue needed to fund

the public health system (box 2.2), and through distortions to the price of providing

health care services.

In addition, the fact that people do not face the full costs of the health services they

consume could be an efficiency issue if it reduces the incentives for people to

consider the full costs of obesity in making decisions about their food intake and

Box 2.2 The efficiency cost of taxation

Governments use taxation to raise revenue to meet their funding needs. Most taxes

result in some loss of economic efficiency (reduced community wellbeing) by distorting

economic behaviour.

The deadweight loss of taxation arises from the reduced incentive effects associated

with the additional tax (which drives a wedge between prices paid and received for

goods and services — including labour — in the economy). This has been estimated to

be 27.5 cents in the dollar (PC 2003).

More recently, the Review Panel on Australia’s Future Tax System (2010) reported the

marginal welfare losses from major Commonwealth taxes included 24 cents in the

dollar for personal tax and 40 cents for company tax. Marginal welfare losses from

major state government taxes included 41 cents in the dollar for payroll tax and

3 4 cents for conveyancing stamp duties.

exercise. Exposing obese individuals to the full costs of their health care might have

some marginal effect on obesity, however, on its own it is unlikely to significantly

reduce obesity prevalence in the community due to information gaps and

behavioural limitations. And there are several reasons that a policy response

designed to address this issue might not be practical. Taxing obese individuals, for

example, would unfairly single out their health-related risk behaviour for policy

treatment against other costly health-related risk behaviour (such as hang-gliding).

Additionally, any policy response to ensure obese individuals do face more or all of

the costs of the services they consume would negate the intent of publicly funded

health insurance programs designed to ensure financial contributions are

income-related rather than risk-related.

In summary, there are few substantial technical externalities arising from obesity in

adults or children (unlike alcohol or tobacco where effects on third parties can be

substantial). But the efficiency costs to the community from having to finance the

higher consumption of health care by the obese are an issue. As universal access to

health care and community rating have been key parts of the policy platform of

Australian governments for many years, this suggests that there may be important

dividends to the rest of the community from reducing obesity. However, the fiscal

effects of obesity need to be seen in terms of the total amount of community

resources that are consumed by the obese, not just health services. For example, the

costs of providing age pensions and aged care services may be reduced if obese

individuals have shorter life expectancies. The costs of obesity are addressed further

in a following section.

22 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Behavioural considerations

The preceding discussion is predicated on the assumption that individuals are

rational and act in their own best interests. In other words, individuals have the

cognitive skill and motivation to make decisions about how much and what they

consume (and how much they exercise) that maximises their own wellbeing, fully

accounting for the future health, financial and lifestyle consequences of their actions

(Cutler, Glaeser and Shapiro 2003). People who engage in behaviours that have

long-term negative effects (such as smoking or overeating) may do so in a fully

rational and forward looking way, by weighing up the benefits and the total

discounted costs of that activity, including monetary costs and health costs.

However, many individuals have difficulty in consistently making rational decisions

— that is, they do not consistently value the costs and benefits of their actions and

so do not choose options that maximise their wellbeing, subject to available

resources. At least some food consumption does not appear rational — for example,

people overeat, or eat the wrong foods, despite wanting to lose weight. To the extent

that people make less than ideal decisions about their own wellbeing, the wellbeing

of the community generally is less than it might otherwise be.

A large number of behavioural limitations have been described in the literature that

help to explain the way people actually behave, but it is difficult to build these into

a predictive model of human behaviour. That said, some behaviours are far more

predictable than others, and may be useful in helping policy makers develop better

approaches to managing obesity.

Behavioural limitations fall into one of three broad categories: bounded rationality;

bounded willpower; and bounded self interest. Of these, the last — being the notion

that we have some regard for the wellbeing of others when we make decisions about

our own wellbeing — is probably the least relevant for obesity policy, and is not

discussed further in this paper.

Bounded rationality

Bounded rationality refers to the fact that people have limited cognitive abilities and

are not always able to make decisions that maximise their wellbeing, even where

they may recognise these limitations and implement strategies to address them. That

people have difficulty computing the benefits and costs of all options open to them

about their diet and exercise, would come as no surprise to anybody used to

shopping, or sifting through the comments in the media on what is good for you and

what is not.

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

23

Individuals might not act in their own best interests even where adequate

information is available. The high ‘cost’ of gathering and processing the

information (transactions costs) and the difficulties in processing it, can lead us to

take short-cuts, either consciously or unconsciously. We can make decisions that,

instead of maximising our wellbeing, are merely satisficing, in the sense that they

produce a result that is ‘good enough’.

However, taking such short-cuts might be optimal, if these transactions costs

outweigh the additional potential benefits of a different decision. Many people use

rules of thumb (or heuristics) to assist decision making. For example, people might

consume breakfast cereal high in sugar content in the belief that cereals are

generally good for you and a key part of a balanced diet. If they use this rule of

thumb, and do not read labelling information on sugar and fat content, they may

make poor choices or fail to update their consumption decisions as new (healthier

cereal) alternatives come on the market, or new information becomes available.

Although such a person may increase their wellbeing — as the transactions costs of

reading and processing the nutrition information may be higher than the health

benefits from switching to a healthier cereal because of that information — a

‘better’ rule of thumb (say, eating cereal with a tick from the Heart Foundation)

might increase their wellbeing even more.

The context or environment in which we make decisions about diet and exercise can

have important effects on our ability to make sound decisions (see, for example,

Shiv and Fedorikhin 1999 or Ariely 2000). When people eat while undertaking

some other activity they spend less effort on monitoring consumption and tend to

eat more than they otherwise would (Bertrand and Schanzenbach 2009). They also

tend to focus less on future consequences (Shiv and Fedorikhin 1999). Eating while

watching television is an example.

The amount people eat is also influenced by the behaviour of those around them

including family, peers, or social groups. When eating in groups people tend to eat

as much as their peers (Birch and Fisher 2000). While this might lead the obese

within that group to reduce their consumption, the others generally increase their

consumption (Just 2006).

The amount people eat, or the choices of food they make, can also be influenced by

the choices available to them (for example, between healthy and energy-dense

nutrient-poor alternatives in a canteen), and the way food is presented. Even when

faced with essentially the same choices, people react differently to essentially the

same propositions, depending on how they are framed (Gibbs 1997).

24 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

The environmental influences on food consumption extend to the way food is

packaged and the size of servings. For example, people are subject to ‘unit bias’

(Geier, Rozin and Doros 2006), that is, the amount they consume is related to

portion size, or package size (see also, Rolls, Ello-Martin and Carlton Tohill 2004).

In commenting on Wansink (1996), Just (2006, p. 214) found that: ‘Doubling

portion sizes increases consumption anywhere from 18 to 25 per cent for

meal-related foods and up to 45 per cent for snack foods.’ Evidence also supports

the idea that people tend to under estimate their calorie consumption (Wansink and

Chandon 2006), and that this effect is exacerbated by portion size (Just 2006).

While context is important, so too are consumers’ starting points. Research

indicates that people sometimes demand much more to give up something than they

would be willing to pay to acquire that same thing. This is called the endowment

effect or loss aversion (Kahneman, Knetsch and Thaler 1991). Most people also

have a ‘status quo bias’, meaning a reluctance to change from established

behaviours (Samuelson and Zeckhauser 1988). These biases can have implications

for diet, consumers being willing to add good foods to their diets but reluctant to

give up bad foods, making it difficult to reduce overall energy intake.

Bounded willpower

Bounded willpower refers to the fact that people often make decisions and act in a

way that they know is against their own long-term best interests. To some degree

we all make decisions about tradeoffs between our current and future wellbeing (or

between our current selves and our future selves, as some analysts have

characterised the decision framework). Thus for example, we might forgo current

consumption now given the prospect of greater consumption at some time in the

future. This requires some consideration of the costs and benefits of the two options.

We might consider that the elevated risks of ill health that arise from, for example,

eating energy-dense nutrient-poor foods or smoking, is for some people more than

outweighed by the pleasure these pastimes give them in the current period.

The rate at which we trade off current and future wellbeing is what economists call

the rate of time preference. This rate can vary between people and for any one

person may vary over time. The higher the rate of time preference, the greater an

individual values the present over the future.

The standard discounted utility model (Samuelson 1937) assumes a constant rate of

time preference over time. This would mean for example, that if someone preferred

$100 today over $200 in one year’s time, they would also prefer $100 in ten years’

time to $200 in eleven years’ time. The choices are the same, just ten years apart.

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

25

Research indicates that people value the present over the future differently, which

can have implications for obesity. A high valuation of the present over the future (a

high rate of time preference) could, for example, lead to more food consumption

today at the expense of health in the future. A number of studies have considered

the links between the rate of time preference and obesity or risky behaviour. Zhang

and Rashad (2008) found some evidence of a positive association between time

preference and weight, particularly for males. A Netherlands study (Borghans and

Golsteyn 2006) considered the links between body mass and individuals’ ‘discount

rates’, and trends over time. The authors found that being ‘overweight’ might be

related to the way people discount future health benefits. However, they did not

consider it likely that the trend in increasing body mass in the population could be

attributed to an increase in the rate of time preference. They also found the link

between time discounting and BMI was stronger for women than for men.

Other research shows that time preference, as measured through certain behaviours

such as education, smoking, use of nutritional information, and motivation for

accessing or acquiring nutritional knowledge, significantly affects the odds of

choosing a risky diet (Finke and Huston 2003). Individuals’ degree of impatience

may be related to factors such as income or education (Becker and Murphy 1988).

Education appears to be a key determinant of eating a healthy diet not just because

education helps you to understand the tradeoffs being made, but also because the

educated may have lower discount rates (as demonstrated by the decision of many

to defer earning a full-time income during studying for the prospect of earning

higher incomes later on).

The standard model of discounting our future selves against our current selves can

be a rational way to make decisions, provided the individual’s discount rate remains

consistent over time. But many people seem to apply different discount rates to

future benefits at different points in time, that is, their preferences are inconsistent

over time.

Typically people will apply a much higher discount rate to near decisions than they

do to those that occur in the future. This is called hyperbolic discounting and can be

illustrated by a variation of the example used above. If offered the choice between

$100 today and $200 in one year’s time an individual might choose the $100 today.

But when offered the choice between $100 in ten years’ time versus $200 in eleven

years’ time, that individual might choose the latter. This displays ‘time inconsistent

preferences’ because although the choices on offer are essentially the same, they are

valued differently when a time delay is involved. The inconsistency is highlighted

when, ten years later, that individual wants the $100 ‘today’, and does not want to

wait one year for the $200, as opted for years earlier.

26 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

To put this in an obesity context, it is easy to envisage many people deferring

decisions over diet because of the cost of forgoing the pleasure of over-eating today.

A rational consumer would weigh up the gratification of eating additional food

against the costs to their health in the future and also weigh up the ‘cost’ of going

on a diet or exercising against the benefits to their health, and reach an optimum

body weight. But hyperbolic consumers will consume more food today than is in

their long-term interests. This means their short-term self trumps the long-term self,

leading to procrastination and deferment of the diet or exercise that might have

countered their higher levels of consumption today.

Research indicates that obese dieters can exhibit behaviour consistent with time

inconsistent preferences (Scharff 2009), and leads to the conclusion that consumers

with hyperbolic time preferences need not only to be educated about the risks of

overeating but that they may need to ‘… overcome their temporally inconsistent

preferences through the use of commitment mechanisms’ (Scharff 2009, p. 19).

However, not all such consumers may need external assistance. Those who are

aware of their behaviour may design strategies to help address their tendency to

succumb to temptation despite their desire to do otherwise (such as buying limited

quantities of unhealthy foods during shopping trips, buying smaller quantities of

food per shopping trip, and using a peer group, such as Weight Watchers, to help

ensure that commitments are adhered to).

Other research indicates that time preferences are affected by emotional state —

positive mood is known to sometimes have effects on cognition and behaviour, and

may increase willingness to delay gratification (Gibbs 1997).

Behavioural considerations and children

Adults can exhibit bounded rationality and bounded willpower, which can lead to

obesity. But generally speaking these are largely the concern of the individual. On

the other hand, parents (or guardians) are often required to make decisions for

children, including weight-related decisions. These decisions will normally include

what the child eats and to some extent how that child spends their time. As children

grow older, they may influence the decisions parents make on their behalf (for

example, Turner, Kelly and McKenna 2006), and increasingly make more decisions

for themselves. They may also be increasingly influenced by factors outside the

family.

Children display many of the same biases as adults, but more strongly. In the

absence of supervision, children are more likely to indulge in behaviours that can

have consequences for their weight and future health. For example, children may be

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

27

more prone to peer group pressure than their parents, and have even more difficulty

in accounting for the future consequences of their actions.

The effect on children of cognitive limitations and distortions to decision making is

therefore twofold. First, the individual choices made by parents or guardians will be

imposed on their children, so any distortions to which parents are subject —

through for example, cognitive limitations or advertising — will affect their

children. Second, the children themselves will be subject to their own distortions

from inside and outside the family.

While the case for hard interventions on the basis of behavioural biases in adults is

relatively weak, it is much stronger for young children. But the role of parents and

guardians makes for a difficult policy environment. While policy might be directed

at minders, and the environment within which children live (for example, by

regulating eating and exercise options while at school), it needs also to consider the

potential for their behaviour to be influenced by external stimuli when they are

largely left to their own devices (for example, while watching television). Policy

options for addressing behavioural biases are discussed further in chapter 4.

2.3 The costs of obesity

As the preceding discussion has noted, some costs of obesity can be policy relevant.

In this section we explore this issue further by identifying the different types of

costs and considering the available evidence. Again, unfortunately, what little

evidence there is relates to obesity generally, and not to obesity among children

per se.

The costs of obesity will vary according to numerous factors including obesity

prevalence, the health costs associated with treatment, and the severity of obesity

related health consequences.

The economic costs of obesity can be viewed in various ways, including in terms of

direct costs, intangible costs and indirect costs, or whether the costs are borne by the

obese themselves or by others in the community (figure 2.2).

Direct costs are the costs to the community from diagnosis and treatment

(WHO 2000). Direct costs relating to obesity and its consequences can include

medical services, hospital-related costs, and personal health care costs (such as

medication). Intangible costs are the effects on health and quality of life for the

individual and others including family members. The obese tend to suffer more

disability (morbidity) than others and die earlier, thus resulting in less wellbeing in

aggregate.

28 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Indirect costs are the loss of wellbeing and economic benefits to other members of

the community through less goods and services being produced (WHO 2000).

Figure 2.2 The costs of obesity: is childhood obesity a public

problem?

Indirect costs can relate to lost output as a result of reduced productivity (due to

illness or early death). In the case of childhood obesity, indirect costs might include

potential productivity losses incurred by parents (if they were required to spend

more time as a carer) but not by the child itself (as generally they are not working).

Nonetheless, the specific costs included in each category vary between studies.

Personal costs are those borne by the obese themselves, which in the case of obese

children are also borne by their parents. Personal costs include those portions of

medical services, hospital-related costs, and personal health care costs incurred by

the individual, as well as lost wages. They also include more intangible costs

associated with loss of wellbeing from outcomes such as not being able to engage in

some physical activities they enjoy and social reactions to their weight.

Child overweight

and obesity

Effects as a child

Physical health problems

Psychological and social problems

Effects as an adult

Increased probability of being

overweight/obese as an adult

Health effects

Increased risk of type 2 diabetes

Increased risk of cardiovascular disease

Increased risk of certain cancers

Increased risk of pulmonary, orthopaedic

and hepatic complications etc

Other effects

Higher costs of production

in some industries

Costs imposed on others

Shared cost due to public health system

Other ‘shared costs’

where price discrimination for health

insurance is not possible

in workplaces (such as collectively

financed programs)

Personal costs

Health effects on wellbeing

Health effects on household budget

Health effects on employment and

income

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

29

Costs imposed on others (such as employers, government, and the rest of society)

include the costs incurred by the rest of the community as a result of collectively

financed programs such as medical costs, insurance and pensions (see earlier

discussion under externalities). Costs to employers might include lost output or

search and hiring costs to replace lost labour, and workers’ compensation

(depending on the degree to which employers can pass on costs through lower

wages). Costs also include the cost of raising taxation revenue. However, not all

costs are financial costs.

While there are substantial costs imposed on others from these pecuniary

externalities, it is argued in section 2.2 that there are few pure technical externalities

associated with obesity, unlike those related to some other health risk factors such

as smoking (passive smoking) and alcohol consumption (violence or road fatalities).

Australian evidence

Estimating the costs of obesity is inherently difficult, as estimates rely on a range of

assumptions, some of which may be more robust than others. Data limitations can

also constrain the construction of estimates. These deficiencies should be

considered when interpreting estimates of the costs of obesity.

There have been several attempts to estimate the costs of obesity in Australia. The

Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) and the Centre for Health

Program Evaluation (CHPE) estimated the total costs of obesity were $736 million

in 1989-90 (cited in NHMRC 1997; DoHA 2009f). This estimate included direct

costs of $464 million and indirect costs of $272 million (although not all

obesity-related conditions were included in the analysis). DoHA (2009f) also cites a

later, unpublished, study by Crowley in 1995-96, in which the costs of obesity were

estimated at between $0.68–1.24 billion. Colagiuri et al. (2010) estimated the

annual total direct costs due to overweight and obesity (above the costs for

normal-weight individuals) for Australians aged 30 years or older (based on BMI or

waist circumference thresholds) was $10.7 billion in 2005. Direct costs included

health costs such as ambulatory services, hospitalisation, prescription medication

and other costs including transport to hospitals, supported accommodation, home

service and day centres, and purchase of special foods. Cost estimates were based

on survey responses on health services use and expenditure, including medication

use.

A recent report (Access Economics 2008) commissioned by Diabetes Australia

estimates the total cost of obesity in 2008 as $58.2 billion, which even after

accounting for the time difference is much higher than that estimated by

30 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

AIHW/CHPE. However, part of the difference can be accounted for by the broader

classification of costs adopted by Access Economics, including the loss of

wellbeing by the obese. Access Economics’ total cost estimate comprised

$8.3 billion of financial costs and $49.9 billion in lost wellbeing.

The financial costs of obesity (adults and children) were estimated to include:

direct health system costs ($2.0 billion)

productivity costs ($3.6 billion)

carer costs ($1.9 billion)

transfer costs (that is, the deadweight loss from the higher level of taxation)

(approximately $730 million)

other indirect costs (for example, for aids, modifications and travel)

($76 million) (box 2.3).

The most direct point of comparison between the AIHW/CHPE and Access

Economics figures comes in the estimation of direct health costs, which

AIHW/CHPE estimated to be $464 million in 1989-90 and Access Economics

estimated to be $2.0 billion in 2008.

Access Economics’ study included the costs of a broader range of diseases

attributable to obesity. Both studies included type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease

and breast and colon cancer. Access Economics also included costs from

osteoarthritis and kidney and uterine cancer. Significantly, Access Economics

estimated osteoarthritis accounted for 25 per cent of the direct health costs in 2008

($490 million). Further, Access Economics made different assumptions about the

proportion of disease attributable to obesity. The differences could also be due to

differing prevalence rates, the greater variety of health services now provided for

treatment of obesity, and higher unit costs.

Access Economics had also estimated the costs of obesity at $21.0 billion in 2005

(Access Economics 2006), less than half its estimate three years later. Significantly,

the value of lost wellbeing in the 2008 study was almost triple the estimate for 2005

($17.2 billion). The differences in the Access Economics’ estimates in the cost of

obesity are primarily due to:

changes in the method of valuing a statistical life (for estimating lost wellbeing)

— the change in method alone increased the cost of lost wellbeing by 48 per

cent

an increase in the assumed proportion of key diseases attributable to obesity

(‘attributable fractions’). For example, in the earlier study it was estimated that

10.8 per cent of Type 2 diabetes is caused by obesity; this increased to 23.8 per

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

31

cent in the 2008 estimates. The updated attributable fractions are based on

revised work from the AIHW (Begg et al. 2007).

Population growth, higher prevalence and cost increases also contributed to the

higher estimated costs in the later Access Economics study.

Measurement issues aside, the Access Economics report highlights that the great

majority of the costs of obesity are borne by the obese themselves. This occurs

primarily through the loss of wellbeing (due to disability or shorter life span) but it

also results from them sharing some of the financial costs. Overall, the obese bear

90 per cent of the total costs, and 30 per cent of financial costs (box 2.3).

32 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 2.3 Access Economics’ estimates of the costs of obesity

Access Economics estimated the total cost of obesity in Australia was $58.2 billion in

2008. This estimate encompassed two types of costs: the ‘loss of wellbeing’ and

financial costs.

The estimate of the cost of the loss of wellbeing (measured as the dollar value of the

burden of disease — from disability, loss of wellbeing and premature death —

excluding the financial costs borne by individuals) of $49.9 billion, accounted for a

substantial majority of the costs of obesity (86 per cent). This estimate was derived

from multiplying the burden of disease attributable to obesity (in terms of disability

adjusted life years) by an estimate of the value of a statistical life. These costs are

borne by obese individuals themselves.

The estimate of financial costs of $8.2 billion included health system costs (such as

hospital and nursing home costs, GP and specialist services, and pharmaceuticals),

productivity losses, carer costs, deadweight loss from transfers and other costs.

The estimated financial costs of obesity are borne, to differing extents, by obese

individuals, their families and friends, governments, employers and society, as

illustrated in below.

Financial costs of obesity, 2008

- 500

0

500

1 000

1 500

2 000

2 500

3 000

3 500

4 000

Health

system

Productivity

Carers

Deadweight

loss

Other

indirect

Transfers

Society

Employers

State Govt

Aust Govt

Family/friends

Individuals

$m

Source: Access Economics (2008).

The costs of obesity among children

While the preceding discussion suggests that the costs of obesity can be very high,

there is little evidence on the costs of obesity among children. A US study suggests

that the medical expenses of obese children are not greatly different from other

children. Johnson, McInnes and Shinogle (2006) estimate that paediatric obesity

OBESITY IN AN

ECONOMIC

FRAMEWORK

33

costs in the United States was $127 million annually. However, they note that

overweight children are likely to become overweight adults and that the economic

burden of adult obesity is large.

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

35

3 Possible causes of overweight and obesity

The previous chapter examined obesity in an economic framework and the decision

making about eating and energy use that could lead to an individual becoming

overweight or obese. A range of individual, family-level and community-level

factors will influence these decisions about eating and energy use by influencing the

benefits and costs of each activity that are weighed up when making such decisions.

This chapter looks at some of the evidence on these possible causes of childhood

overweight and obesity. Understanding these possible causes is important for

understanding what causes are amenable to policy influence.

As mentioned earlier, obesity is caused by an imbalance between energy consumed

and energy expended, with excess energy stored as fat, and it has numerous health

consequences (box 1.1, chapter 1). The increase in childhood obesity in Australia

since the 1970s could be a result of an increase in energy intake, a decrease in

energy expenditure or, more likely, a combination of the two. It is likely that some

of the factors discussed in this chapter have changed over time, changing the value

(or perception of value) of the benefits and costs of eating and exercising, leading to

the increase in childhood obesity.

3.1 Framework for possible causes of overweight and

obesity

We base our discussion of some of the possible causes of, or factors associated

with, childhood overweight and obesity on the framework presented in Davison and

Birch (2001) (figure 3.1). The framework sets out three main categories:

‘Child characteristics and behaviours’, which includes genetics (child

characteristics) and behaviours such as dietary intake, physical activity and

sedentary behaviour.

‘Parenting styles and family characteristics’, which can affect a child’s

behaviour.

36 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

‘Community, demographic and societal characteristics’, which can influence

both parents and families and children’s behaviours — advertising,

socioeconomic status (SES), education, ethnicity and the physical environment

are discussed here.

Figure 3.1 Framework for factors associated with obesity and overweighta

a Child behaviours (in upper case lettering) are associated with the development of overweight and obesity.

Characteristics of the child (in italics) interact with child behaviours and contextual factors to influence the

development of overweight and obesity.

Source: Davison and Birch (2001).

The factors in the outer layers affect those in the inner layers, culminating in the

child’s behaviour. For example, SES might influence the types of food available in

the home, which can influence dietary intake of children. Or crime rates and

neighbourhood safety might directly affect the preparedness of parents to allow

their children to partake in discretionary physical activity outdoors.

Much of the data and research presented in this section have limitations. Many

studies use self-reported (rather than measured) data to measure some factors (such

as dietary intake and physical activity) and rely on proxy measures, as many factors

are difficult to measure precisely. Much of the research presented in this section is

also cross-sectional in nature. While such research may suggest a correlation

between the factor and obesity, the scope to make causal inferences is limited.

Child

weight

status

Child characteristics and

behaviours

Parenting styles and family

characteristics

Community, demographic

and societal characteristics

Socioeconomic

status

Crime rates and

neighbourhood

safety

School physical

education

program

Family leisure

time activity

Accessibility of convenience foods

and restaurants

Accessibility of

recreational facilities

Leisure time

School lunch

programs

Ethnicity

Peer and sibling

interactions

Family TV

viewing

Parent

monitoring of

child TV viewing

Parental preference

for activity

Parent activity

Parent encouragement patterns

of child activity

Parent weight

status

Parent

dietary intake

Nutritional

knowledge

Types of food

available in home

Child feeding

practices

Age

SEDENTARY

BEHAVIOUR

PHYSICAL

Familial susceptibility ACTIVITY

to weight gain

DIETARY

INTAKE

Gender

Work hours

Parent food

preferences

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

37

Table 3.1 summarises the overall findings of the Australian and international

evidence in relation to each possible cause.

Table 3.1 Summary of evidence presented on factors associated with

overweight and obesity

Australian International

Factor Evidence

Studies

included

Evidence

Studies

included

no. no.

Child characteristics and child behaviours

Genetics None included 0 Association 14a,b

Birth weight Inverse association with

central fat

1 Inverse association with

central fat

3

Dietary intake Ambiguous 2 Ambiguous Unstateda,b

Soft drinks Positive association 2 Positive association Unstateda

Physical activity Ambiguous 4 Inverse association 56a,b

Sedentary

behaviour

Ambiguous 3 Positive association 30a,b

Parenting styles and family characteristics

Parental body

weight

Positive association 3 Positive association 3

Parenting style

and behaviour

Ambiguous 1 Ambiguous 66a,b

Mothers working

hours

U-shaped association 1 Positive association 1

Family

environment

Ambiguous 2 None included 0

Community, demographic and societal characteristics

Advertising None included 0 Ambiguous Unstateda,b

Socioeconomic

status

Ambiguous 7 Ambiguous 35a,b

Ethnicity Associationc 3 None included 0

Physical

environment

Ambiguous 6 Ambiguous Unstateda,b

a Included in sourced international reviews. b Includes Australian studies, some of which are discussed

separately. c Some ethnicities may predispose an individual to being relatively heavier and others relatively

lighter.

38 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

3.2 Child characteristics and behaviours

Genetics

A strong genetic basis exists for the development of obesity. Numerous genes have

been linked with a predisposition to excess fat. At least six very rare mutations of

single-genes causing severe early-onset obesity have been identified. In addition,

there are also a number of rare syndromes that cause obesity, among other

conditions, such as Prader–Willi syndrome and Bardet–Biedl syndrome (Baur and

O’Connor 2004). In addition, an international review of twin and adoption studies

found that genetics had a strong effect on Body Mass Index (BMI) variation at all

ages, and the effect was stronger than that of environmental influences

(Silventoinen et al. 2010).

However, biological factors alone, including genetic composition, are unlikely to

account for the rise in obesity that has occurred since the 1970s, as it has occurred

too quickly to be explained in evolutionary terms (Crawford 2002; Philipson and

Posner 2008). It is more likely that the rise is due to changes in the social and

physical environment (Baur and O’Connor 2004).

Birth weight

A child’s birth weight appears to be associated with childhood weight outcomes. An

international review of the literature concluded that a consistent and positive

relationship exists between birth weight and BMI in childhood (Parsons et al. 1999).

Most of the studies included in this review used BMI as their indicator of body

weight, but as discussed earlier (chapter 1), BMI does not quantify body

composition and captures both fat and lean mass.

More recent studies have used measures of body weight that distinguish between fat

and lean mass and have found that birth weight was positively associated with lean

mass but not fat mass (Labayen et al. 2008; Wells et al. 2005). Other studies found

an inverse association between birth weight and central fat (Dolan, Sorkin and

Hoffman 2007; Garnett et al. 2001; Labayen et al. 2008; Oken and Gillman 2003).

Central fat is associated with risks of cardiovascular disease and may carry more

risk than total body fat (Oken and Gillman 2003). Other factors, such as SES, can

influence both birth weight and later body weight (Parsons et al. 1999).

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

39

Dietary intake

Dietary intake contributes directly to energy consumed. Dietary intake in children

may have changed over time, possibly contributing to the rise in childhood obesity

in Australia. A number of factors may have influenced the financial and time cost of

food consumption, leading to a change over time. First, agricultural and food

processing innovation may have lead to reductions in both the financial cost of

food, and the time cost for preparing food. Second, rising incomes increase the

opportunity cost of the time spent preparing food. Third, increasing working hours

also increases the time cost of preparing food (chapter 2).

The quantity of food consumed is not the only important consideration. The energy

density of food is also important as different macronutrients (such as fat, protein

and carbohydrates) contribute different amounts to energy intake. Also, fat, in

particular, is stored more readily as fat in the body than other macronutrients

(Davison and Birch 2001). Different macronutrients have different satiety effects

that will promote or suppress additional dietary intake:

energy density influences the palatability of food, which will influence

consumption

different macronutrients have different thermic effects, which will influence

energy expenditure

energy storage in the body will be influenced by food composition and the

metabolic efficiency of fat (Rodriguez and Moreno 2006).

The recent National Children’s Survey provides insights into dietary trends of

Australian children (CSIRO and University of South Australia 2008a). Overall

energy intake increased with age and the difference between males and females

became wider as they got older. Just under half of total energy consumed came from

carbohydrates for all age groups. Of this, sugars contributed more to energy intake

in younger children, while starch contributed more to energy intake in older

children. Dietary fat contributed just under a third to energy intake, with saturated

fat contributing more than monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fat. Protein

contributed about 17 per cent.

Cook, Rutishauser and Seelig (2001) found that 10–15 year olds in 1995 consumed

significantly more energy than 10–15 years olds in 1985. In particular, they

consumed significantly more protein, carbohydrates, starch, sugars, and dietary

fibre. There was no significant change in intake of fat and cholesterol.

Considering the relationship between different aspects of dietary intake and weight

in children in Australia, Magarey, Daniels, Boulton and Cockington (2001), in a

40 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

longitudinal study, found that fat intake was directly related, and carbohydrate

intake inversely related, to subscapular (bottom point of shoulder blade) skinfolds.

However, they were not related to BMI or triceps skinfolds. The authors concluded

that macronutrient intake when young did not predict body fatness when older.

Another Australian study, Sanigorski, Bell and Swinburn (2007), found significant

positive relationships between daily servings of fruit juice/drinks and soft drinks

and the probability of being overweight/obese. Surprisingly, children who

consumed the highest amount of fruit and vegetables were also more likely to be

overweight/obese than children who had consumed no fruit and vegetables the

previous day. This result could be due to a number of factors, including

overweight/obese children eating a higher overall volume of food, overweight/obese

children positively changing their diet in response to their weight, or reporting bias

being stronger in parents of overweight/obese children. There was no significant

relationships between the proportion of overweight and obese and daily

consumption of fast foods and packaged snacks.

An international review (Newby 2007) found that, overall, there is no consistent

association between childhood obesity and most dietary factors. The evidence on

the relationship between total energy intake and obesity was the most inconsistent,

but there was some evidence to support positive relationships between fat intake,

and consumption of sugar-sweetened drinks and obesity. However, several

methodological weaknesses in the studies covered by the review could at least

partly explain the inconsistent findings, including interaction effects with other

factors not taken into accounted, underreporting of dietary intake, genetic

influences, different growth stages and generalisability of studies.

Soft drinks

Soft drink consumption is likely to influence obesity. Evidence suggests that people

do not compensate for the increase in energy consumed by drinking soft drink, and

that soft drinks may provide insufficient satiety signals when compared with solid

food (DiMeglio and Mattes 2000). In addition, soft drink consumption can stimulate

appetite, as consuming high glycaemic carbohydrates can cause glucose levels to

fall (Wolff and Dansinger 2008). Also, when processing soft drink the body may

use less energy than when processing other food (lower thermogenesis) (Olsen and

Heitmann 2009).

The most recent national Australian data (1995) on soft drink consumption are

presented by Gill, Rangan and Webb (2006). They found that about half of all

teenagers and 36 per cent of 2–3 year olds had consumed soft drink in the past

24 hours. More recent data for New South Wales for 2004 showed that almost

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

41

60 per cent of males and almost 40 per cent of females in years 6, 8 and 10 drank

more than 250ml of soft drink daily (Booth et al. 2006). In addition, between

7–12 per cent of males and a smaller proportion of females drank more than 1 litre

of soft drink daily (Booth et al. 2006). It appears that male children consume more

soft drink than female children (Abbott et al. 2007; Booth et al. 2006; Gill, Rangan

and Webb 2006), and soft drink consumption increases with age (Abbott et al. 2007;

Gill, Rangan and Webb 2006).

Between 1969 and 1999, soft drink consumption by Australian adults and children

more than doubled from an average of 47 litres per person per year to 113 litres per

person per year (ABS 2000). A number of factors could explain this increase. First,

increased availability of soft drinks, such as more vending machines, making it a

relatively more convenient purchase. Second, a reduction in the relative price of soft

drinks. Although Australian price data are not available, in the United States

relative soft drink prices have decreased and consumption has increased over the

past 20 years — soft drink consumption of 6–11 year olds roughly doubled between

1977–78 and 1998, and between 1982–1984 and 2000 the price of soft drinks

increased by only 26 per cent, much lower than the overall consumer price index

(80 per cent) and the price of fresh fruits and vegetables (158 per cent)

(Sturm 2005).

A study conducted in regional Victoria (Sanigorski, Bell and Swinburn 2007) found

that 4–12 year olds who consumed three or more servings of soft drink ‘yesterday’

were significantly more likely to be overweight/obese than those who consumed

0–2 servings. Another Australian study (Tam et al. 2006) examined the relationship

between soft drink/cordial consumption in mid-childhood (average age 7.7 years)

and BMI in early adolescence (average age 13.0 years). The results suggest that

increases in soft drink/cordial consumption may have contributed to the

development of adolescent obesity.

A large international meta-analysis (Vartanian, Schwartz and Brownell 2007) found

a significant correlation between soft drink consumption and energy consumed.

However, the average size of the effect was small for children. Evidence for an

association between soft drink consumption and body weight was mixed, and was

influenced by how body weight was measured. (The authors found that studies that

received funding from the food industry on average reported smaller results.)

Physical activity

Physical activity affects children’s weight status through increasing energy

expenditure. But it also links directly to children’s health outcomes — for example,

42 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

low physical activity in children may be associated with a higher risk of developing

cardiovascular disease (Ruiz and Ortega 2009). In adults, physical inactivity and

obesity have similar health consequences (Blair and Church 2004). Further,

physically active, obese individuals have lower morbidity and mortality rates than

those who are normal weight and sedentary (Blair and Brodney 1999). Research

also indicates that moderate exercise can improve mental wellbeing (Fox 1999).

Deciding to undertake physical activity involves allocating scarce time and possibly

money. For children, undertaking physical activity could be at the expense of

studying, relaxing or other activities. How these activities are valued may have

changed over time, potentially increasing the costs of undertaking physical activity,

leading to reduced energy expended and increased obesity. In addition, concerns

about safety and changes to the physical environment (section 3.4) may have also

increased the costs of physical activity.

The National Physical Activity Guidelines recommend that children and adolescents

aged 5–18 years undertake at least 60 minutes of moderate to vigorous physical

activity every day (DoHA 2004a, 2004b). The recent National Children’s Survey

found that physical activity guidelines were met by the majority of 9–16 year olds

by most methods of measurement. Boys were more likely to meet the guidelines

than girls, and older children were less likely to meet the guidelines than younger

children (CSIRO and University of South Australia 2008a).

Many claim that physical activity in Australian children has decreased over time

(for example, Waters and Baur 2003). However, the evidence and data surrounding

physical activity in Australian children over time are sparse and patchy and overall

do not point to clear trends. A national study found that organised and informal

sport participation rose slightly from 59 per cent in 2000 to 62 per cent in 2006

(ABS 2006a). Further, Okely et al. (2008) found that both the prevalence and

minutes per week spent in self-reported moderate to vigorous physical activity in

NSW school children increased between 1985 and 2004 (by 12–20 percentage

points and 135–175 minutes per week, respectively). However, a NSW study found

that in 5–14 year olds the proportion that walked to school dropped substantially

and the proportion that were driven to school rose substantially between 1971 and

2003 (van der Ploeg et al. 2008). In addition, some smaller longitudinal studies have

observed declines. In a three year study, Cleland, Crawford et al. (2008) found that

average moderate to vigorous physical activity was significantly lower three years

later. Ball et al. (2009) also observed a decrease in physical activity over a three

year period.

Australian studies have examined the relationship between physical activity and

childhood obesity. Abbott and Davies (2004) found that physical activity levels

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

43

were significantly inversely associated with BMI and body fat. Another study, Ball

et al. (2001), found that physical activity level was inversely associated with body

fat in boys but not girls. However, Spinks et al. (2007) did not find a significant

relationship. A longitudinal study that examined the relationship between the level

of compulsory physical activity at school and overweight in childhood and 20 years

later, also found no significant relationship (Cleland, Dwyer et al. 2008).

However, an international review found that 12 of 14 longitudinal studies and 25 of

42 cross-sectional studies identified a significant inverse association between

physical activity and child and adolescent body weight (Trost 2005).

Sedentary behaviour

Sedentary behaviour includes activities that do not involve physical activity, and

could include activities such as watching TV and playing computer/video games

(also referred to as small screen recreation (SSR)), or other activities such as

reading or studying.

SSR can influence weight outcomes in a number of ways. First, SSR may substitute

for more physically demanding activities, reducing energy expended. Second,

higher exposure to advertising may result in children choosing more energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods (discussed later in this chapter). Finally, more energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods may be consumed while engaging in SSR than might have been

otherwise (eating as a secondary activity).

Sedentary behaviour may have increased over time due to technological change

increasing the variety of SSR activities available, and possibly reducing the relative

cost of undertaking SSR. Changes in SSR need to be considered in the

decision-making framework discussed in chapter 2. Presumably children are to

some extent making choices about the amount of time they spend on SSR after

considering the benefits they obtain from it and the tradeoffs they are making.

A recent national survey (CSIRO and University of South Australia 2008a) found

that the mean number of minutes 9–16 year olds spent on SSR was nearly double

the national guidelines (DoHA 2004a, 2004b). Using the most generous criteria for

meeting the guidelines, about a third of children met the guidelines on an average

day. The majority of SSR time was watching TV and the mean number of minutes

was lower for girls than boys. TV viewing peaked at age 12–14 years. The

relationship with age appeared to differ with gender and the type of SSR.

Marshall, Gorely and Biddle (2005) reviewed international trends in TV viewing in

youth between 1949 and 2004 and found that, while TV ownership increased

44 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

dramatically, TV viewing by youth who had access to a TV remained relatively

constant.

Various Australian studies have attempted to estimate the relationship between SSR

and weight. Wake, Hesketh and Waters (2003) found a significant cross sectional

relationship between watching TV and BMI, but not for playing computer/video

games and BMI. However, only 1 per cent of total BMI variance could be explained

by watching TV. Bogaert et al. (2003) found no significant relationship between

hours of watching TV and weight change in a 12-month study. Hesketh et al. (2007)

found in a longitudinal study a significant relationship between SSR and BMI with

an extra hour of SSR increasing the odds of being overweight three years later by

3 per cent. The causal effects appeared to go in both directions: higher BMI leading

to higher SSR, and higher SSR leading to higher BMI.

Similar results have been found internationally. Marshall et al. (2004), in a

meta-analysis, found a significant, but very small, positive relationship between

different types of SSR and body fatness. They also found that TV viewing may

displace more physically demanding pursuits.

3.3 Parenting styles and family characteristics

Parents shape the family and home environment for their children. Parenting styles

and family characteristics can influence children’s dietary intake and activity levels.

Parental body weight is often described as a predictor of obesity in children, both in

their childhood and adulthood. This is not only due to the shared genetic

characteristics between parent and child, which may cause a predisposition to being

obese, but also shared attitudes and behaviours of parents with their children.

Australian literature indicates there is a relationship between parental BMI and their

children’s BMI in childhood and early adulthood. Magarey et al. (2003) found that

mother’s and father’s BMI were shown to be significantly but weakly correlated

with children’s BMI in some age groups. Another Australian study found that

children with overweight or obese fathers or mothers had consistently higher BMIs,

and BMI in 18 year olds was significantly predicted by father’s and mother’s BMI

(Burke, Beilin and Dunbar 2001). A study of preschoolers found that children with

an overweight mother were nearly twice as likely, and children with an obese

mother nearly three times as likely, to be in a heavier BMI category when compared

with a child with a non-overweight mother (Wake, Hardy et al. 2007). Other

international studies (Lake, Power and Cole 1997; Lee et al. 2006; Whitaker et al.

1997) have also found a relationship.

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

45

Parenting style and behaviour are also thought to influence their child’s weight

status. An Australian study using data on 4–5 year olds found no relationship

between mothers’ parenting behaviours and style and the odds of their child being

in a heavier BMI category, but they did for fathers. For example, children with more

controlling fathers had lower odds of being in a higher BMI category. A one point

increase in paternal control reduced the odds of the child being in a heavier BMI

category by 26 per cent (where control is measured as the frequency with which

fathers reported parenting behaviours that set and enforced clear expectations and

limits for their children’s behaviour, on a Likert scale from 1 (never/almost never)

to 5 (all the time)) (Wake, Nicholson et al. 2007).

In adults, education has often been linked to health outcomes, including adult

obesity. Higher levels of education might provide greater access to health-related

information and improved ability to handle such information, clearer perception of

the risks associated with lifestyle choices, and improved self-control and

consistency of preferences over time (Sassi et al. 2009). In Australia, an additional

year of education was found to be associated with a lower chance of being obese in

adulthood. There was no significant difference in the relationship between people of

different ethnicity (Sassi et al. 2009). To the extent that higher levels of education

provide parents with greater access to information and clearer perceptions of risks

of obesity, it might influence their child’s weight status as well. Education is also

used as an indicator of SES status (discussed below).

An international review found causal evidence that parenting affects children’s

eating patterns. However, there was insufficient evidence to determine whether or

not parenting affected childhood weight status via eating patterns (Ventura and

Birch 2008).

Other literature on the influence of parents on childhood obesity has looked at the

influence of maternal employment on overweight children. One study in the United

States found that children were more likely to be overweight the more hours their

mother worked per week. This study was conducted among higher SES families,

despite these children being least likely to have weight problems (Anderson,

Butcher and Levine 2003). The study found that if a mother in the top income

quartile worked an extra 10 hours per week, the child was between 1.4 and

3.8 percentage points more likely to be overweight. A recent study in Australia of

children at ages 4–5 years and 6–7 years found the children of mothers who worked

part-time watched less TV and were less likely to be overweight than children of

mothers who were not employed or who worked full-time (Brown et al. 2010).

An Australian study of 10–12 year olds (using data over three years) found family

physical activity and sedentary environments influenced weight status, but results

46 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

differed by gender. Among boys, sedentary equipment in the home was associated

with greater increases in BMI-z score. (A BMI-z score indicates the relativity of a

particular BMI to the mean for that age and gender.) Among girls, sibling physical

activity and physical activity items in the home were associated with greater

decreases in BMI z-score (Timperio, Salmon et al. 2008).

Another Australian study of primary school students examined whether aspects of

the family food environment were associated with weight status. Few significant

associations were found. Nonetheless, among older children, more frequent dinner

consumption while watching TV was associated with a higher BMI z-score and less

frequent breakfast consumption and more frequent fast food consumption at home

was associated with higher likelihood of being overweight (Macfarlane et al. 2009).

3.4 Community, demographic and societal

characteristics

Advertising

Advertising on TV and other media is often cited as a potential cause of child

obesity. Some evidence suggests that Australian children have in the past been

exposed to more advertisements directed at them than in many other countries

(Dibb 1996). Advertising is thought to influence childhood obesity through

influencing children’s preference for energy-dense nutrient-poor foods. A recent

analysis of Australian TV advertising found that food advertisements made up 31

per cent of all advertisements. Of these, 81 per cent were for ‘unhealthy/non core

foods’. Overall, advertisements for ‘unhealthy/non core foods’ accounted for 25 per

cent of advertisements between 7am and 9pm on weekdays. The most concentrated

timeslot for ‘unhealthy/non core foods’ advertisements was the early morning

timeslot on Saturday (Chapman, Nicholas and Supramaniam 2006).

The development of children’s knowledge and understanding of advertising is

related to their cognitive development and social maturation. As they age, children

develop the ability to differentiate advertising and non-commercial content, and

understand and interpret the persuasive intent of advertising (John 1999; Kunkel

et al. 2004).

Although the ability to distinguish between TV shows and advertising starts to

develop in the pre-school years (ages 3–4 years), this does not necessarily reflect an

understanding of the intent and bias behind advertising, which does not usually

emerge until ages 7–8 years. However, even if a child understands the intent and

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

47

bias of advertising, some research suggests that this knowledge has little effect on a

child’s desire for advertised products (John 1999; Kunkel et al. 2004).

What is the effect of TV food advertisements on knowledge, preferences,

behaviours and obesity? According to Brand (2007), there appears to be evidence of

a correlation between advertising and knowledge and preferences. Also, as noted

earlier, a number of studies have found a link between TV viewing and obesity, but

the size is usually modest and causation has not been established. In addition, it is

difficult to isolate the effect of advertising from other factors that affect the TV

viewing and obesity relationship, such as the sedentary nature of TV viewing.

Carter (2006) has reached similar conclusions.

Socioeconomic status

Socioeconomic status (SES) is linked with obesity. SES is a measure of an

individual or group’s relative social and economic standing and ideally takes into

account income, education and occupation. In Australia, there is a higher prevalence

of obesity in low SES groups.

For example, if low energy-dense food were relatively more expensive than less

healthy energy-dense food, it may be that low SES groups could not literally afford

to be thin. In addition, as discussed in chapter 2, jobs in developed countries have

become increasingly sedentary and, as a result, more people are now having to give

up alternative pursuits to exercise.

Another explanation might be that being obese in adulthood results in less job

opportunities if it affects an individual’s ability to do their job, or if there is wage or

job discrimination, suggesting a causal relationship from adult obesity to SES.

However, there is evidence to suggest that, in Australia, the obese do not suffer a

wage penalty (Kortt and Leigh 2009).

Research suggests a link between parent SES and the SES of their child in

adulthood, and also a link between parent obesity and child obesity (Sobal and

Stunkard 1989). If social mobility is limited, the relationship between SES and

obesity may persist.

The recent National Health Survey found that children living in the area of greatest

relative disadvantage had higher overweight prevalence, and more than twice the

prevalence of obesity, than the least disadvantaged children (ABS 2009b). Many

other Australian studies also find this relationship (Booth et al. 2006; O’Dea 2008;

Salmon, Timperio et al. 2005; Wake, Hardy et al. 2007), although not all (Garnett

48 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

et al. 2005). Some find a link for one gender but not the other (for example, Booth

et al. 2001).

An international review (Sobal and Stunkard 1989) found that in developed

societies, such as Australia, the relationship between SES and obesity for both male

and female children was weak and inconsistent. However, different measures of

SES (for example, income or occupation) make comparing the results across studies

difficult. A more recent review (Ball and Crawford 2005) studied the relationship

between SES and weight change in adults and found that when occupational-based

indices (for example, low versus high skilled occupations) were used as an indicator

of SES, there was evidence of an inverse relationship for both men and women. The

results were more inconsistent when education or income were used as an indicator

of SES.

Ethnicity

Ethnicity is also often associated with obesity. The influence on obesity could be

through cultural factors. For example, in many western cultures thinness is seen as

the ideal and overweight is seen as undesirable, but in many other cultures this is

not the case. The influence may also be genetic.

A recent national level survey found significant variation in obesity prevalence for

different ethnicities. Pacific Islander and Middle Eastern/Arabic adolescents were

most likely to be obese when compared with other adolescents. Anglo/Caucasian

and Asian children of all ages were the least likely to be obese (O’Dea 2008). In

addition, Wake, Hardy et al. (2007) found that Indigenous 4–5 year olds were

1.5 times more likely of being in a higher weight category than non-Indigenous

children. The difference between Indigenous and non-Indigenous weight outcomes

appears to be even more pronounced in adulthood (ABS 2006b). Other Australian

studies have also found a relationship between ethnicity and obesity (for example,

Booth et al. 2006).

These studies all used BMI as their measure of obesity. Evidence suggests that the

relationship between percentage body fat and BMI in adults differs among people of

different ethnicities, suggesting the general cut-off points for BMI might over or

underestimate obesity for people of different ethnicities (Deurenberg, Yap and van

Staveren 1998). If this is also true for children it may influence the interpretation of

the results of these studies.

O’Dea (2008) also examined weight perceptions and found that there appeared to be

a trend towards females of an ethnic background with higher prevalence of obesity

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

49

being less likely to perceive themselves as ‘too fat’ than other groups. This could

support the idea that overweight is seen as desirable in some cultures.

Physical environment

The physical environment is another potential factor affecting childhood obesity

through its influence on levels of physical activity. For example, it is argued that

areas with parks and bike paths may facilitate physical activity among residents,

whereas areas designed for motorised transport or with few facilities for physical

activity, would not. In addition, the urban environment may influence eating habits,

if the density and proximity of different food stores in an area affect relative costs

and hence dietary choices. The physical environment has changed over time, and

this has likely influenced changes in decision making related to dietary intake and

physical activity, potentially leading to increased obesity.

While there is a growing body of research in this area, there are some study

limitations. A lack of consensus exists on how to measure many environmental

variables and the size of the area that influences an individual (Dunton et al. 2009).

In addition, people will often spend time in multiple geographic areas, making it

difficult to identify the environmental factors that influence an individual. For

example, children will spend a lot of their time at home and at school. There is also

a wide array of potential physical environmental factors that can be studied. Often

the choice of variables is based on data available rather than any theoretical

underpinning (Ball, Timperio and Crawford 2006). In addition, due to the design of

many of the studies, the direction of the relationship cannot be determined. For

example, it may be that, rather than living near a park resulting in people being

more active, more active people choose to live near parks.

Australian studies have examined the prevalence of obesity in rural and urban areas.

Booth et al. (2001) included data from three surveys and found that, while the

prevalence of obese boys was greater in urban areas in two 1997 state surveys, there

was no difference for girls. In addition, no relationship was found in the National

Nutrition Survey data. However, in a different study, no relationship was found for

males, but for females BMI and skinfolds had increased by a significantly greater

amount in urban areas relative to their rural counterparts over a five-year period

(Dollman and Pilgrim 2005). Several other studies (Dollman, Norton and Tucker

2002; Cleland et al. 2010) found no significant relationship.

Some Australian studies have examined the relationship between specific aspects of

the physical environment and childhood obesity. Timperio et al. (2005) examined

the link between perception of the local environment and childhood overweight and

50 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

obesity. They found that a parental view that there was heavy traffic in their area

and concern for road safety was associated with higher overweight and obesity in

older children; however, there was no relationship in younger children. Crawford

et al. (2008) examined the association between childhood obesity and

neighbourhood fast food outlets. This provided little support for the notion that

exposure to fast food outlets in the local neighbourhood increased obesity. They

found older children who had at least one fast food outlet within 2km of their home

actually had significantly lower BMI scores. There was no relationship for younger

children.

A recent international literature review found the association between the physical

environment and childhood obesity was mixed and differed with factors such as

age, gender, population density and SES (it also found that the association differed

according to whether reports were made by the child or parent). For adolescents,

obesity appeared to be related to urban sprawl, neighbourhood pattern and access to

equipment and facilities. There was not sufficient empirical evidence to determine if

a relationship existed between obesity and most of the environmental variables

considered (Dunton et al. 2009).

Another review found no clear link between urban environment and childhood

obesity. However, it did reveal that characteristics of the built environment have an

effect on other factors, that in turn are believed to influence overweight and obesity

— such as active recreation and ‘active transport’ (such as walking or cycling)

(Sallis and Glanz 2006).

While the literature examining the relationship between the physical environment

and obesity is quite small, the literature looking at the association between the

physical environment and obesity-related factors, such as physical activity and

healthy eating, is more expansive. Some Australian studies have looked at these

relationships. Timperio et al. (2009) examined the relationship between availability

of fast food close to home and on the route to school and children’s intake. They

found that only availability of fast food within 800m of home was associated with

intake, but it was an inverse relationship. Each additional outlet within 800m was

associated with lower odds (3 per cent) of consuming take away or fast foods at

least once weekly. This result is consistent with Crawford et al. (2008) (discussed

above).

Timperio, Giles-Corti et al. (2008) examined the associations between public open

spaces and children’s physical activity and found that overall, there were no clear

relationships between many aspects of the closest public open space to where

children live and their physical activity. Hume et al. (2009) conducted a

longitudinal examination of environmental predictors of children walking or cycling

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

51

to school and found that most of the individual preference, social and physical

environmental factors had no influence on active commuting over time. However,

children whose parents were satisfied with the number of pedestrian crossings were

more likely to increase their ‘active transport’, while this was more likely to

decrease if their parents perceived there to be insufficient traffic lights.

Davison and Lawson (2006) conducted a review of the relationship between the

physical environment and children’s physical activity and found that physical

activity appeared to be related to recreational infrastructure, transport infrastructure,

and local conditions. However, the findings were more mixed for recreational

infrastructure and local conditions compared to transport infrastructure.

3.5 Summary and conclusion

Much of the evidence of the relationships between different possible factors and

childhood obesity appears ambiguous. While it is easy to make a theoretical

argument for how and why each of these possible factors can affect body weight,

the evidence for many is at best limited, often mixed, and sometimes counter

intuitive. Methodological and data limitations are also issues with many studies of

childhood obesity.

The following broad conclusions are drawn from the literature.

Australian children’s energy intake appears to have risen since the 1980s, but in

most cases the link between diet and childhood obesity is inconsistent. A notable

exception is that soft drink consumption in Australia has increased dramatically

over the past few decades (possibly in response at least in part to declines in real

prices), and Australian studies have shown a link between soft drinks and

childhood obesity, making this potentially a promising area for policy attention.

However, the international literature is mixed and suggests the relationship is

small.

The relationship between physical activity and obesity may be stronger than for

many of the other factors. While organised physical activity in children may not

be decreasing, it appears that incidental exercise, such as walking to school, has

declined. Further, many Australian children undertake more SSR than

recommended by health authorities (potentially at the expense of physical

activity). However, the Australian and international evidence suggests that,

while there appear to be relationships between different types of SSR and

obesity, they appear to be small.

Parents with high BMIs tend to have children with high BMIs, but this does not

say much about causality. Genetics is important, but so are parenting styles and

52 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

family characteristics. Eating patterns, such as eating in front of the TV, the

working status of mothers, and the degree of parental control may all be

important factors.

Australian children are exposed to a relatively high number of advertisements

for energy-dense nutrient-poor foods. But while international research indicates

that there is a link between advertising and knowledge and preferences, it is

difficult to discern a relationship between advertising and body weight.

There is a higher prevalence of obesity in Australian children from low

socioeconomic backgrounds. However, the international evidence on the link

between SES and childhood obesity is mixed. Ethnicity can also be an important

influence.

The physical environment is an area receiving increasing attention in the

literature, but it is difficult to disentangle this influence from other factors, such

as gender and SES. In addition, evidence on a relationship between the physical

environment and obesity-related behaviours, such as eating and physical activity,

is not strong. Of particular interest is the seemingly counter intuitive finding that

proximity to fast food outlets (which decreases the travel costs associated with

purchasing and consuming fast foods) appears not to be associated with obesity.

All the results of the studies looked at suggest that there is no single factor that

leaps out for attention. Some factors directly influence energy consumed or

expended, while others act indirectly on childhood obesity (figure 3.2). The poor

evidence, and the complex interactions between these many factors, warrants a

cautious approach to developing policy with an emphasis on experimentation and

rigorous evaluation. Keeping in mind the considerable uncertainty that exists about

many of these factors, the next chapter looks at policy levers that might be

considered.

POSSIBLE CAUSES OF

OBESITY

53

Figure 3.2 Potential factors in the rise of childhood overweight and

obesity

Energy intake

Food consumption

(especially

energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods)

Soft drink

consumption

Energy output

Physical activity

Sport participation

Walking to school

Sedentary activities

TV

Computer/video

games

Child weight

Indirect influences

Parents and families

Income

Parents’ work habits

Advertising

Physical environment

Urban sprawl

Access to

sport/recreation areas

Fast food outlets

Safety

Knowledge

School environment

Peer behaviours and

preferences

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

55

4 Policy options for addressing obesity

In chapter 2 the possible rationales for government intervention to address

childhood obesity were considered, including information gaps, pricing distortions

and behavioural limitations. In this chapter the different policy instruments and

factors that should be taken into account when considering alternative areas for

intervention are considered.

This can be difficult because obesity occurs in a complex economic and social

environment, which makes it hard to isolate and evaluate the effects of

interventions. Multiple causes of obesity make the task more difficult because of the

potential for interactive effects of various policies and for unintended consequences.

As for any policy intervention, clear specification of policy objectives is essential

both to promote appropriate policy design and to facilitate assessment of its

effectiveness (involving comparison with other policies). The primary goal should

be to increase aggregate wellbeing of the community, taking into account all of the

benefits and costs (financial and other), with the best policy option being the one

that generates the highest net benefit. The benefits of childhood obesity

interventions include the enhanced wellbeing of those obese children whose weight

is reduced. The costs include the resources consumed in developing, delivering,

monitoring and evaluating the intervention and the efficiency costs of raising

revenue (discussed in box 2.2 in chapter 2), and the costs the intervention imposes

on others.

Interventions that have the best likelihood of achieving this overall goal will need to

be effective, feasible, and have limited unintended consequences. Policy

effectiveness will be enhanced by addressing policy objectives as directly as

possible, and flexible policies will be more effective under changing circumstances.

Feasible policies will be consistent with current legislation and other policy settings,

and within the constitutional powers of the jurisdiction involved. For example, State

Governments do not have the constitutional powers to tax energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods. The risk of unintended consequences will be minimised by

matching the instrument to the objective as clearly as possible. This can involve

carefully targeting the group that give rise to the social cost, and avoiding those

consumers where the policy imposes undue costs, or targeting the foods that give

rise to the costs. For example, in the United Kingdom, a regulatory ban on fat,

56 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

sugar, and salt in fact unexpectedly reduced the availability of cheese and yoghurt

— foods that are valued for their nutritional content.

Because people might value incremental gains or losses differently, the effects of

policy measures on different groups might need to be considered. For example,

taxes on foods can be regressive (they affect lower income groups more

significantly) (Chouinard et al. 2007). But matters of equity and fairness are

difficult to assess as they are inherently subjective and perceptions about them vary.

4.1 Potential policy measures

A variety of policy mechanisms can be aimed at directly or indirectly influencing

childhood obesity. These mechanisms may include price instruments (such as taxes

or subsidies) that seek to change the incentive structure for decision making,

measures that seek to make consumers better informed (education and information),

or regulatory measures that influence consumer or producer choices.

Relevant obesity-related policy instruments, although not mutually exclusive, can

be categorised as follows:

taxes and subsidies to affect relative prices

information

regulation to constrain production or consumption, or enforce particular

behaviour.

As obesity results from an imbalance between ‘energy in’ (food and drink) and

‘energy out’ (the energy used to live and undertake physical activity), and not the

simple consumption of food, policy instruments may be needed to address each side

of this ‘energy equation’.

Discussion of the specific detail surrounding these policy measures is presented

below. The effectiveness of policies may depend on whether they target both

parents and children. For example, a policy that targets not only children but their

families may be more effective if families play a significant role in influencing or

controlling food consumption choices. A list of the potential costs of such measures

is presented in box 4.1.

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

57

Box 4.1 Assessing the costs of policy interventions

Different policy options to address childhood obesity have different costs to

government, business and individuals, and different scope for unintended

consequences. Further discussion of the costs of policy interventions can be found in

the Best Practice Regulation Handbook (Australian Government 2007).

Costs to government can include:

set-up and implementation costs

administration costs

enforcement costs.

Costs to business can include:

administrative costs (‘paper burden’) — such as the cost of reporting to government

fees and charges levied by government (which may offset some of the costs to

government)

changes required in production, transportation and marketing procedures (including

training of staff)

loss of sales revenue — this could be offset by higher sales for other businesses

costs associated with doing business in multiple states — where there are

inconsistent and/or duplicate requirements

restricted access to markets.

Costs to individuals can include:

loss of choice

compliance and participation costs

risk associated with the intervention being changed or withdrawn

higher prices of goods and services (including where the costs to business are

passed on to the consumer, offsetting some of the costs to business).

Unintended consequences can include:

distributional effects

prejudice and stigma

reduced consumer vigilance (‘lulling’ effect)

information overload

adoption of unhealthy lifestyle habits (for example, extreme dieting)

poorly targeted taxes may adversely affect demand for goods that might not have

adverse health consequences.

58 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Taxes and subsidies

Weight-related consumption decisions, made by parents on behalf of children or by

children themselves, may be influenced by prices (see section 2.1 in chapter 2).

Taxing or subsidising certain foods (and drinks) is one possible way to attempt to

reduce obesity. For example, Taiwan is currently planning to introduce a tax on

‘junk food’. The Bureau of Health Promotion is drafting a bill that would see a

special tax on foods containing high quantities of sugar and fat, and on alcoholic

drinks (The Age 2009).

Taxes can shift preferences away from consumption of certain goods or services,

and subsidies can direct preferences towards certain goods or services. For example,

a tax may be introduced on energy-dense nutrient-poor foods or a subsidy provided

on fresh fruit and vegetables, or in the case of physical activity, a subsidy to

increase children’s participation in sport.

Taxes and subsidies on specific goods or services can be a useful tool for addressing

significant externalities (negative or positive). From an economic efficiency

perspective, an ideal tax aimed to correct for market failure would be set equal to

the difference between private and social costs. In the case of smoking, for example,

the ideal tax would be set just equal to the marginal externalities associated with

smoking, so that the smoker would face the full social costs of smoking. As a result,

the subsequent consumption level chosen by the individual would be the socially

optimal level of smoking. However, as discussed in chapter 2, there are limited

externalities associated with obesity, which can usually be dealt with in low cost

ways (such as through passengers moving or adjusting their seating position to

address loss of personal space), suggesting taxes and subsidies are not justified on

externality grounds.

Implementation issues

To be practically implemented, criteria for determining which goods or services to

tax or subsidise would be required. The ease or difficulty of such as task, as well as

the effectiveness of the resulting policy, depends on how well defined the links are

between the target of the tax and obesity.

Food is a necessity good, and its consumption only results in obesity in some

situations. In the case of healthy children with well balanced diets, most, if not all,

foods might be ‘healthy’, but for obese children, food high in fat content may be

unhealthy no matter what nutrients it contains. The efficiency losses of reducing

food consumption by low-risk individuals could outweigh the efficiency gains of

reducing food consumption of obese individuals. Also, obesity may arise from

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

59

consuming large amounts of food, rather than consuming particular types of food

deemed unhealthy and therefore taxable.

Particular foods could be taxed (for example, doughnuts) or, instead, foods with

particular characteristics (for example, foods high in sugar). It might be relatively

simple to tax well recognised categories of food that play little useful role in

nutrition rather than the underlying characteristics of those foods, but this might

have unintended consequences (Jacobson and Brownell 2000). For example, taxing

an underlying characteristic such as high fat could tax nuts, which have nutritional

benefits as well.

For a food tax to improve community wellbeing, policy makers would need to

measure the amount of obesity-related social costs attributed specifically to certain

foods, compared to other obesity-related consumption or behaviours (such as

sedentary lifestyle). Further, any tax considerations would be further complicated if

the relationship of costs to consumption is nonlinear. Strnad (2005) observed that

for food consumption, at extreme levels (low and high), an additional unit of

consumption would likely generate very little increase in disease risk. On the other

hand, individuals with medium-level food consumption likely have a higher

marginal increase in disease risk for each additional unit of food consumption.

In addition, taxing an energy-dense nutrient-poor food could be a cumbersome way

of trying to curb consumption of energy content (such as fat) and may become

redundant if changing tastes or changing technologies lead to use of different

ingredients. A targeted tax, such as a per kilojoule or per unit of fat tax, may be

more appropriate, as obesity and its consequences are more closely correlated with

the food itself rather than the cost of food (Freebairn 2010).

The effectiveness of taxes or subsidies will depend on the purchaser’s (parent or

child) responsiveness to changes in price (consumer price elasticity of demand), and

if there are substitute goods available (see section 5.1 in chapter 5). In some cases

demand for certain goods will not be responsive to changes in price, meaning that

taxes or subsidies will have little effect. A good example (Access Economics 2006)

is tap water. In Australia tap water is an essentially free and healthy drink, but its

near zero price does not necessarily induce people to drink it rather than more

expensive and less healthy alternatives, such as soft drink. Several studies indicate

consumers have limited responsiveness to food taxes as a general rule, but with

some exceptions (see section 5.1 in chapter 5).

Taxes on energy-dense nutrient-poor food affect consumer demand in two ways —

demand for all goods typically falls as purchasing power falls (income effect), and

demand for non-taxed food items increases as consumers substitute other foods

60 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

(now relatively cheaper) for the newly taxed energy-dense nutrient-poor food

(substitution effect). Taxes on foods tend to disproportionately burden the poor

(they are regressive) (Chouinard et al. 2007), as food costs make up a higher

proportion of household expenditure and consequently the income effect for them is

likely to be greater than for others. Taxes on foods may also impose costs on

low-risk individuals that moderately consume those foods.

The distribution of costs and benefits resulting from, say, a food tax may also

influence the acceptability, and therefore feasibility, of some policies.

Internationally, many food taxes have been withdrawn after short periods of time

due to industry pressure and popular concern (Caraher and Cowburn 2005).

Information

Effectively functioning markets require information so that people and

organisations can make informed decisions. In some cases, for example, parents

may not be aware of the health risks associated with the food their children eat.

Alternatively, parents may lack the time or cognitive ability to comprehend that

information, or consider such an investment in understanding is not warranted by

the potential rewards of more informed choice.

Food producers generally have greater access to relevant food product information,

and greater certainty about its content than consumers. Further, consumer and

producer interests in information may not align. Policies that aim either to increase

information, improve the quality of information available, or improve access to

information can help people to make informed decisions, according to their own

preferences and in their own best interests.

Governments can assist in addressing information deficiencies either through

directly providing information (such as pamphlets with nutritional information) or

by encouraging (or requiring through regulation) the provision of better information

(such as the fat content of food) by businesses or others.

Depending on how it is framed, providing information may have little effect on

relative prices and hence be less distortionary than other measures (such as bans on

certain products, which reduce choice for everyone). At the same time, it has

negligible impacts on those consumers who already make better-informed choices

(or for whom such products do not involve health effects).

In the case of labelling, in addition to the administrative costs imposed on

government, labelling can impose costs on firms. Costs to firms of food ingredient

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

61

labelling would include testing food content as well as the labelling itself (which are

likely to be passed on to consumers).

Labelling of food can be simple or detailed and can help disseminate information

about products. Labelling by businesses may be introduced either through voluntary

means or through regulation (mandatory labelling).

Information provision or education components are common among many obesity

prevention interventions targeted at children.

One example of an intervention that includes information provision is

‘Get Up & Grow’. This Australian Government funded strategy includes

non-mandatory healthy eating and physical activity guidelines for early childhood

settings, such as centre-based care, family day care and preschools (DoHA 2009c).

The guidelines, aimed at directors/coordinators, staff/carers, and families cover

healthy eating (including guidelines on breastfeeding, composition of diet and

eating breakfast) and physical activity (including how much active play and

sedentary behaviour that children under five years of age should undertake). They

encourage childcare and preschool providers to enforce their own guidelines on

healthy eating and physical activity, and encourage providers to help parents to

make decisions in relation to healthy eating and physical activity when the child is

at home.

Other possible interventions include information and guidelines to control

children’s eating environment. A body of evidence suggests that the eating and food

environment can have important effects on our food consumption decisions

(chapter 2). Guidelines might encourage schools to have groups of children sit

together to eat their lunch, and adjust the size and content of the eating groups to

regulate how much children eat (Just 2006).

Other examples of information provision relating to preventing obesity include:

pamphlets with nutritional information provided to parents on contributory

factors to childhood overweight and obesity

social marketing campaigns that provide fact sheets and communicate the need

for a healthy diet or physical activity

education for parents on preparing healthy food

voluntary labelling of particular characteristics of foods (for example,

‘99 per cent fat free’)

obesity education in schools.

62 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Implementation issues

Information can be delivered in various ways (such as through information labels on

products or through mass-media advertising) and the best format depends on a

number of factors — do consumers generally take notice of labels or advertising

campaigns? Do they understand the information, and will they act on it?

Consumers face vast amounts of information, which can create a ‘poverty of

attention’. Also, providing more information to consumers can reduce the perceived

need for precaution and lead to unintended consequences. New generations or new

waves of consumers may not be ‘reached’ unless information strategies are

implemented on a repeated basis.

Achieving behavioural change through providing information is likely to work best

where it targets behaviour resulting mainly from ignorance, and where consumers

are motivated to change once they have that information. Numerous social

marketing campaigns have aimed to raise awareness of obesity, and improve

lifestyle behaviours associated with obesity (refer to appendixes A and B for

Australian policies aimed at addressing obesity in children). Despite this, a high

proportion of Australian adults are overweight or obese, a high proportion of

Australian children are overweight or obese, and half of the overweight Australians

think they are healthy (Zurich Financial Services Australia and Heart Foundation

2008). But it is difficult to say how effective these campaigns have been —

overweight and obesity prevalence might have been higher in their absence.

The insights from behavioural economics suggest that people may have cognitive

limitations (chapter 2) that can limit the effectiveness of information (including

labels), or that some ways of providing information may be more effective than

others. Information may have limited effect for many reasons — for example,

people have limited capacity to process information, even if they have access to it.

As a result, policy measures, such as nutrition labelling requirements, can benefit

from knowledge about consumers’ abilities to access and compute information. On

the other hand, information provision can play an important role in countering

distortions to consumer preferences. Australian evidence suggests that a third of

consumers refer to labelling information on products when purchasing them for the

first time, and referring to labelling was positively related to health consciousness

(FSANZ 2008). Some evidence on the effectiveness of labelling is presented in

chapter 5 (section 5.1).

Some research indicates that knowledge about health reduces the likelihood of an

individual being obese (Nayga 2000), but there is mixed evidence relating to the

effectiveness of health information on food consumption and diet. Downs,

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

63

Loewenstein and Wisdom (2009) found there is little evidence that information

alone affects diet. Higher education appears to be linked to the use of nutrition

labels (Kim, Nayga and Capps 2000 in Finke and Huston 2003). The motive to

acquire specific nutrition and health knowledge seems to be linked to an

individual’s rate of time preference, illustrated by behaviours such as exercise,

smoking and education (Huston, Finke and Bhargava 2002 in Finke and Huston

2003).

Regulation

Regulation encompasses a broad spectrum of interventions, ranging from

self-regulation (such as industry codes of conduct where industry is solely

responsible for enforcement), quasi-regulation (such as government-endorsed

industry codes of conduct), co-regulation (where government provides legislative

backing to industry arrangements), to explicit government regulation of activities

(black letter law). Regulation might also require information provision by

businesses or other third parties (discussed above).

Regulation may be more or less prescriptive. More prescriptive regulation can

provide more certainty about outcomes but it is less flexible to accommodate

different or changing circumstances than principles-based or performance-based

regulation, which can enable businesses and individuals to choose the most

effective way of complying. Principles-based or performance-based regulation often

has greater overall benefits.

Examples of regulation relating to preventing obesity include (from those that are

designed to inform choice to more ‘heavy-handed’ approaches that limit choice):

mandatory labelling of foods (including nutrition information labels or warning

statements) (information provision)

self-regulation to limit children’s exposure to unhealthy food and drink

television advertising (box 4.2)

banning television advertising of certain foods to children

guidelines (where there is pressure from government to comply) to ban certain

types of food and drinks from being sold in schools

standards prohibiting certain types of food and drinks being sold in schools

nutritional standards limiting the content of specific ingredients in foods

nutritional standards controlling the types of foods that can be sold.

64 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 4.2 Self-regulation: the Responsible Children’s Marketing

Initiative

The Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative is a self-regulation initiative of the food

and drink industry. The Australian Food and Grocery Council developed the voluntary

initiative, which began on 1 January 2009.

Companies participating in the initiative publicly commit to marketing to children under

12 years of age only when it will further the goal of promoting healthy dietary choices

and healthy lifestyles.

Core principles include advertising message, use of popular personalities and licensed

characters, product placement, use of products in interactive games, advertising in

schools and use of premium offers (AFGC 2009). For example, under advertising

message, signatories agree not to advertise food and drink products to children under

12 years of age in any media unless those products represent healthy dietary choices,

consistent with established scientific or Australian government standards.

Signatories are required to develop and publish individual company action plans, which

are subject to monitoring and review processes. Currently 17 companies are

participating (AFGC 2010), including Nestlé, Kraft, Cereal Partners, George Weston,

Coca-Cola, Pepsico, Cadbury, Patties, Campbell Arnott’s, Unilever, Mars, Kellogg,

Fonterra, Simplot, Ferrero and Sanitarium. The Advertising Standards Bureau

manages the complaints process.

The Australian Food and Grocery Council will regularly monitor food and drink

advertising to children, commencing after January 2010. It is also due to undertake a

review of the initiative in 2010 (AFGC 2009).

A particular example of regulatory action is ‘Fresh Tastes @ School’, a NSW

school canteen strategy. The strategy aims to encourage students to eat healthier

foods, and is a mandatory set of rules regarding what NSW Government school

canteens can sell. It has been in operation since 2005 (Healthy Kids Association

?2010b; NSW Department of Health and NSW Department of Education and

Training 2006). It uses the traffic light colours of red, amber and green to categorise

different canteen foods. Green foods are ‘fill the menu’ foods, which should make

up the majority of the canteen menu and be promoted to students as the best choice,

amber foods are ‘select carefully’ foods, which should only be offered for sale on

certain days of the week, and red foods are ‘occasional’ foods, which cannot be sold

on more than two occasions in a school term.

Another example is legislation recently introduced in Japan, in response to concerns

about rising healthcare costs, setting a maximum waist circumference —

85 centimetres for men and 90 centimetres for women — for all employees over

40 years old. Japan’s obesity rate is under 5 per cent, although levels of obesity

have risen over the past few decades and total healthcare costs are expected to

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

65

account for 11.5 per cent of gross domestic product by 2020. Employees undergo

check-ups once a year and employees found to exceed the maximum waist

measurement are required to undergo counselling. Companies are required to reduce

their number of overweight employees by 10 per cent by 2012 and 25 per cent by

2015. If targets are not met, companies may have to increase their payments into a

health fund for the elderly (Nakamura 2009).

Implementation issues

Regulation that reduces obesity will deliver benefits to society, but the net benefit

will depend on the costs. The costs associated with regulations — those incurred by

government, business and consumers — will depend on their specific nature and

their complexity. Regulations will likely involve higher costs if they change the

behaviour of some groups that are not the target of regulation, such as physically

active children forced to do more sport at the expense of academic study.

Costs to government and business may be more where regulation does not reflect

accepted commercial practices. Costs to consumers will depend on how much their

choices and preferences are restricted — for example, their costs would be higher

under a strategy that restricts the sale of energy-dense nutrient-poor foods than a

non-mandatory strategy that encourages reduced consumption of such goods.

Were regulation introduced to restrict sales of certain foods, costs to business would

include loss of profit from lower sales, although there may be offsetting gains from

the sale of healthier alternatives.

Some arrangements will be more flexible than others. A strategy that allows, say,

individual childcare and preschool providers to enforce their own guidelines would

be more flexible than one prescribed by government, and would allow different

providers to tailor strategies specific to their particular target group (such as

children from different cultural backgrounds), and respond to changes that may

impact its effectiveness.

Regulation can also have unintended consequences. Mandated changes that seek to

reduce individual risk can have adverse consequences if they result in reduced

consumer vigilance. For example, Viscusi (1984) found that the ‘lulling’ effect of

child-resistant safety caps on aspirin and other drugs negated the otherwise

desirable effect of reduced child poisonings, and may have lead to additional

poisonings. Currie and Hotz (2004) explored the relationship between childcare

regulation and accidental injuries. The authors found that where regulation was

introduced, the risk of fatal and non-fatal injuries were significantly reduced for

children in childcare, but that the increased expense discouraged some families

66 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

from using childcare and increased the risk for those children. Obesity relevant

examples include the banning of certain foods in school canteens, resulting in

falling profit, or possibly the development of black markets or absenteeism (which

might be detrimental to the school and community in other ways).

The effectiveness of regulation aimed at children’s eating habits is discussed in

chapter 5 (section 5.1).

4.2 Summary

This chapter considered different policy instruments and the factors that should be

taken into account when considering those alternatives, including their effectiveness

(figure 4.1).

The considerable uncertainty about the causes of obesity suggests that hard

interventions, such as taxes or subsidies on specific goods and services, would be

difficult to justify. Further, the practical challenges of designing taxes on specific

goods and services limit the likelihood of them being effective in addressing obesity

(and may lead to perverse outcomes). Softer interventions, targeted at addressing

information failure and education, appear to be on stronger ground. The complex

nature of obesity suggests that multi-pronged strategies addressing multiple risk

factors may be more effective than other strategies that focus on a single risk factor.

In the next chapter the evidence base on the effectiveness of past and present

interventions to address childhood obesity is considered. Interventions include both

targeted interventions conducted by government or others (mostly in school

settings), along with broader, community-wide interventions (such as taxes on

energy-dense nutrient-poor foods or television advertising bans). In the next chapter

the following question is considered: how might policy makers best address the

challenge of childhood obesity in the future?

POLICY OPTIONS FOR

ADDRESSING

OBESITY

67

Figure 4.1 What is the scope for policy solutions to reduce childhood

obesity?

Market failures

Information

gaps

Externalities

Multiple influences on

weight-related

consumption decisions

For example:

Urban environment

may not be conducive

to incidental exercise

School environment

may limit children’s

access to healthy food

Parental labour force

participation may

increase the value of

convenience foods

Individuals may

not maximise

own wellbeing

For example:

Time

inconsistent

preferences

Persuasive

advertising

What are the possible grounds for government intervention?

Sharing costs

People do not

face the full

costs of their

decisions

Are these open to influence by government?

Examples of policy options

Information provision

on ‘healthy eating’

Insurance that can

discriminate on

‘healthy weight’

Energy-dense

nutrient-poor food

restrictions in school

canteens

Exercise programs (for

example, Walking

School Bus)

Advertising

restrictions for

certain foods

Commitment

mechanisms to

overcome

self-control problems

Consider the merits of each policy option

For example:

Can it be implemented?

Is there evidence the option is effective?

Will the option impose unnecessary costs on those not overweight or obese?

Is the option equitable?

Will the option increase net social benefits to the community?

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

69

5 Effectiveness of obesity-related

interventions

This chapter examines the evidence on the effectiveness of interventions designed

to address childhood obesity (both overseas and in Australia). Interventions

encompass both measures that target particular groups — whether conducted by

government or others — along with broader measures that are rolled out at a

community-wide level, such as social marketing campaigns or national television

advertising bans (some of these broader initiatives are not just targeted at children),

usually delivered by governments. Some implications for future interventions are

presented.

5.1 The evidence base and obesity prevention

This section considers the effectiveness of obesity-related interventions, by

examining international and Australian evidence. International evidence includes

systematic reviews of trials that tested various interventions, along with research on

other policy measures (such as advertising bans). Australian evidence includes the

outcomes of various interventions, including trials and other studies and programs.

This section also examines methodological issues that may affect the reliability of

conclusions drawn from the research. In assessing evidence associated with obesity

interventions, it is first necessary to consider the concept of evidence and what

constitutes good evidence.

Evidence-based policy

Central to evidence-based policy is the use of rigorous and tested evidence

(box 5.1). Good evidence that assesses the effect of policy is required to ensure that

interventions are effective and provide net benefits to the community. Some

evidence is more relevant than others but can be difficult and/or costly to obtain.

70 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 5.1 Evidence-based policy

Evidence-based policy transparently uses rigorous and tested evidence in the

design, implementation and refinement of policy to meet designated policy

objectives.

Features of good policy design and evaluation methodologies include:

carefully defining the policy problem and establishing clear objectives

developing a range of policy options drawing on a coherent framework of theory

using evidence to test those options, in a cost–benefit framework where possible

explicitly addressing the counterfactual, that is, what would have happened in the

absence of the policy, and considering attribution issues and possible biases

examining direct and indirect effects on the economy and the community.

The choice of methodology depends on the task and the type of evidence available.

Hierarchies of evidence can be a useful screening mechanism when there are large

volumes of evidence and a need to focus on the most robust. But governments face

a wide range of policy problems, and there is no single ‘gold standard’ approach to

evaluation that would work best in all circumstances.

Evidence-based policy requires more than good policy formulation methodologies

and data. It requires institutional frameworks that encourage, disseminate and

defend good evaluation, and that make the most of opportunities to learn. Where

evidence is incomplete or weak, good processes for learning, and for progressively

improving policies, become even more important. Some of the institutional features

that can assist include:

improving transparency

building in and financing evaluation from policy commencement

using sequential roll-out, pilots and randomised trials where appropriate

establishing channels to disseminate evaluations and share results across

jurisdictions

strengthening links between evidence and the decision-making process.

Source: PC (2010).

Some study designs are more robust than others. This has given rise to the concept

of an evidence hierarchy to rank evidence based on different research methods (for

example, see Leigh 2009). Systematic reviews of randomised controlled trials

(RCTs) are placed at the apex of the hierarchy. Such reviews use systematic and

explicit methods to identify, select, and critically appraise research in a

comprehensive and unbiased way. Lower down the hierarchy are before–after

(prepost) studies. In some cases, ‘higher’ level evidence will be difficult to obtain,

and findings from less robust studies may need to be used as a means of shaping

policy.

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

71

Effectiveness of interventions in other countries

Various systematic reviews provide an understanding of the success of

obesity-related interventions in other countries (and sometimes in Australia), and a

range of these focus on interventions that target children. Further research provides

an assessment of the likely effectiveness of taxes, advertising bans and mandatory

caloric labelling in fast food restaurants. Interventions include those delivered by

government and other institutions.

The Cochrane review of childhood obesity prevention interventions

Summerbell et al. (2005) undertook a systematic review (update) of a large number

of interventions for preventing obesity in children on behalf of the Cochrane

Collaboration (which is generally regarded as an authoritative voice in systematic

reviews in healthcare). The study included 22 interventions from 1990 to February

2005, of which 12 were short-term and 10 were long-term. The interventions

reviewed included those designed to act on diet and nutrition, exercise and physical

activity, and/or lifestyle and social support. Two interventions focused on dietary

education (both long-term studies), 6 on physical activity (2 long-term and 4

short-term studies), and 14 on a combination of dietary education and physical

activity (6 long-term and 8 short-term studies) (box 5.2). Although many

interventions were not effective in preventing weight gain, they were more often

effective at improving lifestyle behaviours.

Of the two long-term dietary related interventions, one focused on fruit and

vegetable intake, and the other on reducing carbonated drink consumption. Neither

intervention resulted in statistically significantly anthropometry (body

measurement) differences between the intervention and control groups, although

there was a reduction in self-reported soft drink consumption in the intervention

group in one study.

Of the long-term physical activity related interventions, one focused on physical

activity for kindergarten children, and the other on a physical education program

with a self-management component. For the first intervention, at the short-term

follow-up a reduction in obesity prevalence among the intervention groups almost

reached statistical significance. In the case of the second intervention, small

differences in Body Mass Index (BMI) for girls and boys were observed relative to

the control group, although the statistical significance was not estimated.

72 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Box 5.2 Interventions for preventing obesity in children (review)

Summerbell et al. (2005) reviewed 22 interventions that relate to preventing obesity in

children. Studies were conducted in a range of countries, but most were US based.

Dietary related interventions — long-term studies

Interventions involving:

increasing fruit and vegetable intake in US children (with at least one obese parent)

to address weight (randomised controlled trial) (Epstein et al. 2001)

reducing carbonated drink consumption in UK children (randomised controlled trial)

(James et al. 2004).

Physical activity interventions — long-term studies

Intervention involving:

a regimen of exercise for Thai kindergarten children (randomised controlled trial)

(Mo-Suwan et al. 1998)

a physical education program with a self-management component for school

children (SPARK, randomised controlled trial) (Sallis et al. 1993).

Combined interventions — long-term studies

Interventions involving:

a multi-component program addressing body fat in American Indian school children

(Pathways, randomised controlled trial) (Caballero et al. 2003)

a physical activity and nutritional program addressing obesity and promoting

physical fitness in US school children (Donnelly et al. 1996)

a physical activity, nutritional and sedentary behaviour program to reduce Body

Mass Index (BMI) and triceps skinfolds of US school children (Planet Health,

randomised controlled trial) (Gortmaker et al. 1999)

a nutritional education and ‘active breaks’ program for children in Germany (KOPS,

randomised controlled trial) (Mueller et al. 2001)

a multi-disciplinary program targeting UK school children (APPLES, randomised

controlled trial) (Sahota et al. 2001a, Sahota et al. 2001b)

a 20 week physical activity and nutrition program for children in England, involving

parents (Be Smart, randomised controlled trial) (Warren et al. 2003).

(Continued next page)

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

73

Box 5.2 (continued)

Physical activity interventions — short-term studies

Interventions involving:

a 12 week physical activity program in the United States, involving dance

(randomised controlled trial) (Flores 1995)

a physical activity program for girls in the United States, with BMI at or above the

75th percentile (New Moves, randomised controlled trial) (Neumark-Sztainer et al.

2003)

a physical activity program for fourth grade school children in the United States

(randomised controlled trial) (Pangrazi et al. 2003)

a six month education and monitoring program to reduce screen-based activity

(randomised controlled trial) (Robinson 1999).

Combined interventions — short-term studies

Interventions involving:

a program for African-American girls from middle-income families, involving day

summer camp (GEMS, pilot randomised controlled trial) (Baranowski et al. 2003)

a program for African-American girls from low-income families, some involving

parents (GEMS, pilot randomised controlled trial) (Beech et al. 2003)

a program for African-American girls from low-income families, involving dance and

reducing television watching (GEMS, pilot randomised controlled trial) (Robinson et

al. 2003)

a program for African-American girls from low-income families, involving after school

clubs (GEMS, pilot randomised controlled trial) (Story et al. 2003)

a program for children in day care centres in the United States (randomised

controlled trial) (Dennison et al. 2004)

a 16 week home visiting intervention for young children (average age 21 months)

(pilot randomised controlled trial) (Harvey-Berino and Rourke 2003)

a Chilean program for children in grades 1 to 8 (Kain et al. 2004)

a 12 week program for inner-city girls with African-American backgrounds, focusing

on mother and daughter pairs (randomised controlled trial) (Stolley and Fitzgibbon

1997).

Source: Summerbell et al. (2005).

Of the short-term studies that focus on physical activity, two reported significant

improvements to BMI, although Summerbell et al. (2005) noted the methodology

appears weak in one of these. The other successful intervention used education,

monitoring and reporting to reduce television and other screen-based recreation. It

74 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

reported a statistically significant reduction in BMI and all other measures of body

fat. Because there was no assessment beyond six months, it is not known if the

outcomes were sustained. Of the two other interventions, one used education,

physical activity (such as kick-boxing, self-defence and water aerobics) and social

support sessions to increase girls physical activity levels and improve nutrition, and

the other promoted play behaviour, used teacher-directed activities and encouraged

self-directed activities in girls and boys. Where neither reported significant

reductions in BMI, positive changes in behaviours were reported (for example, in

the first study, girls were significantly more active in some of the target groups

compared to the girls in the control group).

Of the six long-term combined dietary and physical activity interventions,

Summerbell et al. (2005) noted one as a ‘good quality’, school-based,

‘multi-component’, ‘multi-centre’ RCT, that included family involvement.

Nonetheless, this intervention showed no significant differences in BMI (or other

related measures) at the end of the three year intervention. Other similar

interventions include one aimed at reducing energy, fat and sodium of school meals

and increasing physical activity; one ‘high quality’ RCT among ethnically diverse

school children aimed at reducing sedentary behaviour; and a multidisciplinary

RCT that included modification of school meals. These reported respectively: no

impact on obesity on follow-up; obesity reduced among intervention girls but not

boys; and no differences in change in BMI between the intervention and control

groups. However, in a number of these studies there were positive behavioural

changes. For example, the multi-component study found reduced school lunch

calorie intake from fat, and another reported improved fruit and vegetable intake

(and an associated smaller daily increase in total energy intake) among girls.

Of the short-term combined studies, four are pilot studies and although all reported

positive trends in anthropometry, the differences were not significant. Nonetheless,

one study reported that on follow-up girls were consuming fewer sweetened drinks,

and in another, several significant improvements in dietary practices were observed.

The remaining four studies in this group also had some limited success for

anthropometry measures. More promisingly, in one study, behaviours such as

television viewing were significantly improved (the number of children watching

more than two hours per day was lower in the intervention group), and in others,

energy intake was reduced.

What do other reviews say about the effectiveness of targeted interventions?

Other reviews of childhood obesity-related interventions have come to broadly

similar conclusions.

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

75

Micucci, Thomas and Vohra (2002) found that interventions were more effective

at modifying knowledge than behaviour. They also found a dose response (the

relationship between the amount of exposure and the resulting changes), in that

effective interventions were longer in duration and had frequent ‘booster

sessions’.

Thomas et al. (2004) noted that although some interventions found statistically

significant improvements, most improvements were very modest.

Ammerman et al. (2002) found that interventions appeared to be more successful

at positively changing dietary behaviour among populations at risk of (or

diagnosed with) disease than among general, healthy populations.

Livingstone, McCaffrey and Rennie (2006), in their review of methodological

issues, found a strong focus on short-term interventions, rather than longer-term,

and the short time frame could limit their scope for changing body weight.

In a review of healthy eating interventions, French (2005) found that overall,

school-based interventions that target food choice and eating behaviours have

had positive results. Salmon and King (2005), in a review of physical activity

interventions, found that school-based interventions that aim to reduce sedentary

behaviours show promise and they have been found to prevent unhealthy weight

gain (although they did not result in increased physical activity). These studies

suggest that changing obesity-related behaviours is possible.

Effectiveness of community-wide interventions

The reviews above do not cover the full spectrum of obesity prevention policy tools

(outlined in chapter 4). The reviews mostly tend to focus on interventions involving

information provision, education, physical activity and nutritional programs. In this

section we review the available evidence on the effectiveness of some

community-wide interventions.

Food taxes and subsidies

Several studies indicate consumers have limited responsiveness to food taxes as a

general rule, but with some exceptions. For example, Kuchler, Tegene and Harris

(2005) estimated that demand for snack foods was unresponsive to price change

(inelastic), after taking into account quality variation. Some more recent research

indicates that relative price changes (between ‘unhealthful’ and ‘healthful’ foods)

could only explain about 1 per cent of the growth in BMI and the incidence of being

overweight or obese (Gelbach, Klick and Stratmann 2009). In addition, US research

using individual-level data and data on state-level soft drink taxes found no

76 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

significant association between soft drink taxes and BMI (Powell et al. 2009; Sturm

et al. 2010). In contrast, Mytton et al. (2007) found that a carefully targeted ‘fat tax’

could produce modest changes in food consumption (although this research did not

extend to its effect on body weight). Furthermore, the effects of price instruments

have been shown to be stronger for lower socioeconomic status groups than in other

groups in the population (Smed, Jensen and Denver 2007). There is also some

evidence that children respond to relative prices of low and high-fat foods (French

et al. 1997).

Taxing particular foods can affect the consumption of other foods, with

unpredictable health effects (Mytton et al. 2007). A US study of soft drink taxation

found that the tax reduced soft drink consumption, but that the consumption of other

high energy-dense drinks (such as milk and fruit juice) increased, resulting in no

statistically significant reduction in overall energy intake (Fletcher, Frisvold and

Tefft 2009, cited in Freebairn 2010).

A recent review (Powell and Chaloupka 2009) of empirical evidence on food and

restaurant prices and weight outcomes found that when statistically significant

associations were found between food and restaurant prices and weight outcomes,

the effects were generally small in magnitude. In some cases, however, they were

larger for low socioeconomic status populations and for those at risk of overweight

or obesity. The authors concluded that small taxes (or subsidies) are unlikely to

produce significant changes in obesity prevalence, although non-trivial pricing

interventions might.

The effects of changes in food prices on demand for snacks have been tested in

some school-based interventions. One study (CHIPS in French 2005) found that

demand for lower fat snacks was responsive to price change, and a related pilot

study found the demand for fresh fruit was also price responsive.

A recent seven-month study, exploring the effects of financial incentives (totalling

US$750 over the course of a year) on weight loss, suggests they might be effective,

particularly if implemented over a long period (Volpp 2009). At 16 weeks,

individuals in the incentive groups had lost significantly more weight than those in

the control group. Although the incentive groups regained weight after the study’s

completion, they remained at a lower weight than when the study began. The

incentive plans were based on small, frequent rewards, which provided immediate

and tangible feedback that made it easier for individuals to do in the short term what

is in their long-term best interest. The results indicate that interventions that

incorporate insights from behavioural economics (such as time inconsistent

preferences, discussed in chapter 2) can be effective.

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

77

Bans on ‘junk food’ advertising to children

As outlined in chapter 3, Australian children are exposed to a relatively high

number of advertisements for energy-dense nutrient-poor foods. This has led to

many calling for a ban on advertising of these foods. Yet, while research shows that

television viewing and childhood obesity are related, the direction of causation and

the magnitude of the contribution of food advertising to obesity is uncertain. In

addition, the link between television viewing and childhood obesity is very small

(Carter 2006). While research shows correlations between advertising and

children’s preferences, there is no strong evidence of a causal relationship between

advertising and children’s food preferences and weight outcomes. It is also difficult

to isolate the effect of advertising from other factors that affect the television

viewing and obesity relationship, such as the sedentary nature of television viewing

(Brand 2007).

If, as the evidence suggests, the link between television viewing and childhood

obesity is tenuous, or at most small in magnitude, it is unlikely that banning the

advertising of energy-dense food would significantly address childhood obesity

prevalence (Carter 2006).

Where restrictions on television advertising of energy-dense nutrient-poor foods

aimed at children have been implemented (Sweden, Norway, the Canadian province

of Quebec and the United Kingdom), the evidence is inconclusive. In some places

restrictions may have been undermined by a number of factors. For example,

restrictions in Sweden and Quebec do not apply to advertising on foreign TV

channels, and yet both source much of their TV from outside their jurisdiction. In

addition, Sweden’s regulations banned advertisements designed to ‘attract the

attention of children’, and Quebec’s bans applied to advertisements ‘directed at

children’. As a result, the intent of the advertising ban could be side-stepped by

aiming advertising at people other than children. A lack of national obesity data in

Sweden has also limited assessment of the effectiveness of the restrictions

(Handsley et al. 2007; National Preventative Health Taskforce 2009).

Mandatory energy content on restaurant menus

Two studies have examined the effectiveness of mandatory posting of calories on

menus in chain restaurants in New York, introduced in 2008. Using Starbucks data,

Bollinger et al. (2010) found a decrease in calories per transaction, and a greater

decrease for higher calorie consumption individuals. However, the decrease was

largely driven by food purchases (rather than drinks), and there were no data on

whether consumers increased calorie consumption elsewhere. The estimated effect

was small in magnitude — the reduction in calorie consumption would reduce body

78 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

weight by 1 per cent, and this ‘back-of-the-envelope calculation suggests that

average reductions resulting from calorie posting in chain restaurants will not by

themselves have a major impact on obesity’ (p. 24). Another study of the same

mandatory posting of calories policy (Elbel et al. 2009) found no significant change

in calories purchased among adults using data from fast-food restaurants in

low-income, minority New York communities.

Effectiveness of interventions in Australia

Most reviews of childhood obesity prevention strategies are international and as a

rule they contain few Australian interventions. As a systematic review of all

Australian interventions is outside the scope of this study, this section draws on

some specific Australian interventions to provide a general indication of their

effectiveness.

Interventions

Appendixes A and B list interventions in Australia to address childhood obesity.

Appendix A includes interventions for which evaluation reports have been

published and appendix B provides a stocktake of the remainder, based on publicly

available information. They include research studies and programs that include

children. They specifically include prevention-related interventions and exclude

those designed to treat obesity. Due to the inconsistency with which organisations

publicly release program information and the vast number of interventions that may

indirectly affect obesity, it is unlikely to be a definitive list. Nonetheless, the

appendixes contain more than 100 interventions. They mostly date from the mid

1990s, although one earlier cluster-randomised trial report is included (Dwyer et al.

1983). It is one of few Australian studies included in international reviews.

Most of the interventions include an education component (for example, nutritional

education), and some more directly target behaviour by requiring participation in

physical activity. Some interventions attempt to influence consumption of certain

foods, for example by influencing school canteen menus or promotions. The

funding sources for these interventions are varied and include Australian, state,

territory and local governments. They include interventions with multiple

components, and a small number of interventions focus on building community

capacity.

Although few Australian interventions list obesity prevention among their stated

objectives, they relate to obesity because they focus on at least one part of the

‘energy equation’, that is:

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

79

‘energy in’

‘energy out’

both ‘energy in’ and ‘energy out’.

These interventions include among their stated objectives enhanced physical

activity and/or improved awareness of dietary effects (or improved diet), and are

largely, although not exclusively, school-based programs.

The measured outcomes included in these interventions can be broadly categorised

as:

body composition

level of fitness

behaviours (such as physical activity levels or diet)

cholesterol or blood pressure

knowledge or attitudes.

This section examines the effectiveness of these interventions in improving these

outcomes.

Attention has been focused on interventions that have been evaluated (appendix A).

For the most part the authors’ own results summaries have been relied upon, but

these may sometimes tell only one part of the story. The effectiveness of each

identified Australian intervention to address childhood obesity (27 in total) is

summarised in appendix A. Their comparability is limited by the diversity of the

intervention components and measured outcomes.

Most of the target groups are school-aged children, but some programs extended to

include family and the broader community. At least half of the interventions

focused on primary school children. Fewer focused on high school children, and of

these, half focused on girls only, one on boys only, and the rest on both girls and

boys. Only one intervention targeted early childhood. Two social marketing

campaigns that targeted the community more broadly are also included.

The evaluated interventions varied in their design. Included were two RCTs (pilot

studies only), cluster-randomised controlled trials, quasi-experiments, and

before–after studies. There were several interventions where data have been

collected for one point in time only. Not all interventions were designed specifically

to collect evidence of effectiveness. A few were policy programs such as social

marketing campaigns that were more difficult to evaluate.

80 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Only about one-third of the prevention interventions measured body composition

outcomes, such as BMI or percentage of body fat. About one-half measured

physical activity levels, and about one-third measured physical fitness. About

one-third also measured dietary habits (behaviours). Three interventions measured

cholesterol or blood pressure (factors that are linked to obesity and risk factors for

long-term health outcomes associated with obesity, such as cardiovascular disease).

About one-third measured knowledge or attitudes, such as beliefs regarding fruit

and vegetable consumption. Fewer than one-third measured sedentary behaviour.

Very few interventions considered the potential for unintended consequences.

Few interventions included, or plan to include, a long-term follow-up evaluation to

assess the sustainability of the effects of the intervention. Only one intervention

included a (planned) economic evaluation.

The Australian interventions have been grouped according to whether body

composition was measured or not.

Effectiveness of Australian interventions that measured body composition

Australian interventions that measured body composition results show mixed results

and there has been limited long-term follow-up to assess sustainability of short-term

outcomes. In some cases, however, these interventions have recorded success for

other measured outcomes, such as level of physical activity:

The Be Active Eat Well multi-strategy intervention (table 5.1) has received

considerable media attention (Moynihan 2008). Be Active Eat Well was one of

the first community-based interventions conducted in Australia to have an

evaluation, and significantly, a long-term follow-up evaluation is apparently

underway (long-term follow-up data was collected in 2009). This will include an

economic evaluation. Key strategies included changing canteen menus,

introducing daily fruit, reducing television watching, and increasing activities

after school. It had positive (short-term) results for most of the body composition

measures in the intervention group. The intervention group had significantly

lower increases than the comparison group in some measures (such as waist

circumference and waist/height ratio) over the period. However, BMI results

were not statistically significant. The long-term results are yet to be reported.

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

81

Table 5.1 Be Active Eat Well

Description The Be Active Eat Well intervention was a community capacity-building

program, which combined nutrition strategies, physical activity

strategies and screen time strategies in the aim of promoting healthy

eating and physical activity in children in the town of Colac (Victoria).

Funding details $400 000

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Included ideas from determinants of health

model, Social ecological model, ANGELO framework, Ottawa Charter

and Jakarta Declaration.

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow up: At the end of the intervention, and a long-term follow-up is

planned

Participants Targeted children, their families and the wider Colac community

Evaluation:

N (Intervention baseline): 4 preschools, 6 primary schools,

1001 children

N (Intervention post-intervention): 4 preschools, 6 primary schools,

839 children

N (Comparison baseline): 4 preschools, 12 primary schools,

1183 children

N (Comparison post-intervention): 4 preschools, 12 primary schools,

979 children

Age: 4–12 year olds

Sex: Mixed

Ethnicity: Predominantly caucasian

Interventions Setting: Schools and wider Colac community

Provider: Research staff, schools, dieticians, local community

Duration: 4 years, 2003–2006

Strategies: Nutrition strategies, physical activity strategies, screen time

strategies

Outcomes measured Body weight

Waist circumference

BMI

Waist/height

BMI-z score

Resultsa The intervention group had statistically significant lower increases in

body weight, waist circumference, waist/height ratio and BMI-z score

over the period when compared to the comparison group. BMI increased

over the course of the intervention in both the intervention and

comparison groups with BMI increasing less in the intervention group,

but the difference was not statistically significant.

a Results adjusted for baseline variable, age and height at follow-up, gender, duration between measurements

and clustering by school.

Sources: Bell et al. (2008); Sanigorski et al. (2008).

Promising results were released recently for Romp and Chomp (table A.20), an

early childhood intervention. In the intervention group, the proportion of

children who were overweight/obese was reduced by 2.5 percentage points in

82 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

2 year-olds and 3.4 percentage points in 3–4 year-olds. While these results

appear positive, there appears to be no plan for a long-term follow-up to assess

their sustainability.

The body composition changes for Switch–Play (table A.24), which focused on

physical activity, varied across the (three) intervention groups subject to

different programs. The intervention had a significant effect on BMI for the

children subject to a combined behavioural modification and fundamental

movement skills program, at post intervention and the 6- and 12-month

follow-ups. This group was also less likely to be overweight/obese between

baseline and post intervention and at the 12-month follow-up. There was no

significant BMI effect for the other two intervention groups.

The FILA program (table A.8), which focused on physical activity and diet,

reported some success with respect to BMI (a smaller increase among the

intervention group), waist circumference, and percentage body fat. This was a

pilot RCT and of insufficient size to determine if ‘between group’ differences

were statistically significant.

The results of some other interventions were less clear-cut.

The Burke et al. (1998) (table A.3) health promotion intervention in Western

Australia focused on physical activity and nutrition for higher risk children. The

results were mixed (for example, some results showed different levels of success

for males and females). Of the two intervention groups, girls (only) in the

‘enrichment program’ had improved subscapular skinfolds, immediately

post-intervention, but these were not sustained at the 6-month follow-up. Body

composition did not change for the other intervention group.

The Vandongen et al. (1995) (table A.26) fitness and nutrition intervention had

mixed body composition results across the intervention groups. Only females in

the groups with a fitness component showed improved (decreased) skinfolds. It

appears no long-term follow-up occurred to determine if these results were

sustained.

A much earlier physical activity related intervention (Dwyer et al. 1983)

(table A.5) reported a significant decrease in skinfolds in the intervention

groups, although no similar result for BMI was recorded. It appears no long-term

follow-up occurred to determine if these results were sustained.

Effectiveness of Australian interventions that did not measure body composition

The Australian interventions that did not measure body composition outcomes

varied in terms of objectives. Some focused on enhanced physical activity levels,

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

83

increased enjoyment or awareness of the benefits of physical activity, improved

health knowledge and fitness, and improved dietary habits (for example, increased

fruit/vegetable/water consumption) or awareness. The interventions varied in terms

of outcome measures. Some included objectively recorded measures (such as actual

physical activity), self-reported behaviours (such as subjects’ own report of dietary

habits), actual level of physical fitness, and self-perception (such as body image or

knowledge). The interventions varied in terms of target population. Two national

social marketing campaigns (‘Get Moving’ and the ‘Go for 2&5’ campaign) were

included. Some aimed at primary school children and some targeted specific groups

(such as children in economically disadvantaged areas, adolescents girls, or students

from mostly non-English speaking backgrounds). They also varied in terms of study

design, and include quasi-experimental designs, pre and post, one pilot randomised

controlled trial, and a cluster-randomised controlled trial.

Some interventions showed more positive results for some measured outcomes than

others. Selected examples are presented below:

Engaging Adolescent Girls in School Sport (a pilot study), succeeded in

enhancing the target group’s enjoyment of physical activity and body image, but

while levels of physical activity were higher than the control group, they

declined during the period (table A.7).

Learning to Enjoy Activity with Friends (LEAF) promoted physical activity, and

found improved levels of activity among low-active members of the target

group. However, there was no effect on levels of non-organised

moderate-to-vigorous activity, or sedentary behaviours (such as computer use)

(table A.13).

Tooty Fruity Vegie Project, a long-term intervention, aimed at increasing

children’s consumption of fruit and vegetables. It resulted in improved fruit and

vegetable consumption and improved knowledge and attitudes during phase 1.

During phase 2, where there was no significant difference in children’s vegetable

consumption, there was improved fruit consumption (table A.25).

Effectiveness of community-wide interventions

There is little evidence of the effectiveness of other community-wide interventions

in Australia, partly because other than general information and awareness programs,

few have been attempted. For example, specific food taxes and mandatory energy

content on restaurant menus have not been implemented in Australia (although

Victoria recently announced it will introduce mandatory calorie content on menus

for certain fast-food outlets in 2012 (VicHealth 2010)). The GST, introduced in July

2000, and its GST-free status of ‘basic’ food and drinks including fresh fruit and

84 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

vegetables, could provide important price sensitivity evidence but there appear to be

no research studies on this (this may be because there is no reliable pre and

post-data). A range of initiatives are in place to reduce children’s exposure to

advertising of energy-dense nutrient-poor foods and drinks (Australian Government

2010), including the Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative (box 4.2,

chapter 4). However, there has been no evaluation on its effectiveness.

Study design and evaluation issues

A range of issues and shortcomings affect the robustness of reported results of the

interventions to prevent obesity. Some international systematic reviews found

methodological weaknesses in all studies under review. Some study design and

evaluation issues included:

In undertaking obesity prevention interventions, the reliability of results can be

compromised as measurement of diet, physical activity and sedentary behaviours

is difficult. Measures of variables such as diet and physical activity can be weak

estimates of actual behaviour (Summerbell et al. 2005, Campbell and Hesketh

2007). Although objective measures of physical activity now exist, there is no

equivalent objective measures of dietary intake (Livingstone, McCaffrey and

Rennie 2006).

Differences in ethnicities and socioeconomic position can also limit the

generalisability of some studies (Campbell and Hesketh 2007). For example, an

intervention that succeeds in reducing obesity in a well educated group, may not

work on other groups.

Few studies report on sub-groups (Ammerman et al. 2002 and Thomas et al.

2004), and few report on culture (Thomas et al. 2004). Also, average results can

obscure relevant variations among the outcomes.

Many studies are ‘under-powered’ (Summerbell et al. 2005). Power is the

probability a study will conclude a statistically significant difference exists,

when a real difference actually exists. For a given size of effect, studies with

more participants have greater power. In some cases, the sample size of

interventions is not always reported, so those undertaking a review of the studies

cannot determine if results are significant (for example, Campbell and Hesketh

2007).

Many of the studies included in the Summerbell et al. (2005) review have ‘unit

of allocation’ errors and the results of these studies are ‘likely to be misleadingly

optimistic’, as allocation was often by institution (such as school) but assessment

was by individual child (p. 34). When participants are randomised by institution,

outcomes between individuals can be correlated. Using children as the unit of

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

85

analysis when allocation is by school can result in overly narrow confidence

intervals. If clustering is not taken into account, it may lead to false conclusions.

Involvement in a trial alone can induce behaviour change. In many cases the

control group is made aware of the study aims — such as through being weighed

and their physical activity being monitored for comparison (for example,

Summerbell et al. 2005). Results in the intervention group could therefore be

underestimated — affecting the control group children’s diet and physical

activity patterns in the same direction as those in the intervention group.

Potential for selection bias in many studies was identified (Flynn et al. 2006, in

Livingstone, McCaffrey and Rennie 2006), including unrepresentative samples.

‘Confounding bias’ is also a problem as some studies do not control adequately

for relevant contributing factors such as parental weight status and

socioeconomic status (Livingstone, McCaffrey and Rennie 2006).

5.2 Implications for policy

The apparent shortcomings of many policy interventions and the limitations of the

assessment of their outcomes, to a large extent reflect the inherent complexity and

the multiple causes of obesity itself. This complexity poses serious challenges for

policy design and can confound attempts to measure the contribution of obesity

prevention and reduction strategies. The mixed results of past and current

interventions suggest that policy making in this area could benefit from improved

data collection and new approaches to their implementation and design.

Policy makers in many instances face insufficient access to, or simply inadequate,

data and information. Policy relevant data are important at every stage of the policy

cycle, from identifying the policy problem, through assessing policy options, to

ex-post evaluation of interventions. Population level data and intervention specific

data need to be collected and presented consistently to enable robust comparisons.

However, data can be costly to obtain, and interventions require appropriate funding

allocation between the intervention itself and evidence gathering. Too, though, the

information gathering and evaluation process can form part of the actions affecting

outcomes, resulting in misleadingly optimistic results.

Consistent data are lacking to fully understand childhood obesity prevalence in

Australia, and data on obesity among Indigenous children are limited. For

example, it was only the most recent ABS National Health Survey (ABS 2009a)

that included measured child height and weight data.1

1 The National Preventative Health Taskforce (2009) recommended expansion of the national

nutrition and physical activity survey, and for it to become a permanent five-yearly study.

86 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Consistent data are not always collected at the intervention level (see

methodological issues discussed earlier) to properly assess the effectiveness of

the intervention.

Also, long-term follow-up evidence is necessary to understand the sustainability

of any interventions, and data from randomised trials without long-term

follow-up data may have limited use (Goode and Mavromaras 2008).

It is important to establish what actually works, on what target group, and take into

account all the costs and benefits. Future interventions could be trialled, and include

ex-post economic evaluations (for example, Summerbell et al. (2005) noted the lack

of economic data and that cost effectiveness was not discussed in the studies under

their review), before being rolled out more broadly. Even where interventions are

found to be effective, the magnitude of their effect (such as the average reduction in

BMI) should be taken into account.

In this respect, some recent developments are promising. The proposed Australian

National Preventive Health Agency will, among other things, focus on building the

evidence base. It will ‘collect, analyse, interpret, and disseminate information on

preventive health’ (Australian National Preventive Health Agency Bill 2009), and

the agency ‘will have responsibility for providing evidence-based policy advice …’

(Wong 2009, p. 7227).2 Also, the National Health and Hospitals Reform

Commission has recommended a common national approach to the evaluation of all

health interventions, involving the consistent evaluation of different interventions,

including those in the area of prevention, allowing for informative comparison.

The design and implementation of interventions are critical. Numerous systematic

reviews make clear the methodological problems associated with a large proportion

of targeted obesity prevention interventions. Feasible interventions ideally should

be accompanied by robust evaluations that address methodological weaknesses, and

assist policy makers to identify effective childhood obesity prevention strategies.

In some cases, the practical challenges of designing effective interventions (such as

taxes on energy-dense nutrient-poor food and drinks) significantly reduce the

likelihood of them being feasible or effective.

Evaluations need to examine the impact on different sub-groups. Frequently,

different sub-groups have different outcomes (for example, a number of different

Rather promising is the pending ABS Australian Health Survey that will include the National

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health and National Health Surveys, and is planned to

include body measurement data (measured and self-reported).

2 At the time of writing, the passage through Parliament of the Australian National Preventive

Health Agency Bill 2009 had been delayed by the Australian federal election.

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

87

reviews found different results for girls and boys), and interventions might be better

tailored to the different groups (Micucci, Thomas and Vohra 2002). This also

suggests that community-wide interventions may be more effective on some

sub-groups than others.

In order to be effective, future interventions may need to be of greater length and

intensity to successfully modify weight (Summerbell et al. 2005).

Some of these factors may be influenced by practical limitations, such as the

particular nature of research project funding arrangements. For example, funding

may not allow for interventions over longer periods, or longer term follow-up. The

evaluation component of projects is important — the costs of not evaluating

interventions can be greater if in the long run ineffective interventions continue or

effective ones are ended — but costs can be substantial. For example, the support

and evaluation component was at least 50 per cent of Be Active Eat Well project

funds (Bell et al. 2008). Evaluation expenditure should be assessed in a cost–benefit

framework, taking into account any potential wasted expenditure if the intervention

proves ineffective.

Building supportive environments conducive to behavioural change appear to be

important. Most interventions focus on short-term effects and behaviour change

rather than body composition change. Interventions imposed on a community are

less likely to influence behaviours than those that actively involve that community

in their design and implementation.

Greater experimentation may be desirable. Australia’s federal system provides a

useful model for experiment, enabling comparison and contrasting of alternative

policies across state borders (such as restrictions on television advertising of

energy-dense nutrient-poor foods aimed at children).

Policy design should include consideration of potential unintended consequences.

For example, targeting a group with a disproportionately high level of obesity may

make sense, but there is a risk of stigmatisation and marginalisation. For example,

Dobbins et al. (2009) note this in the context of school-based physical activity

programs. Care may need to be taken to ensure obesity-related interventions do not

contribute to body image issues or eating disorders (O’Dea 2005). Studies included

in systematic reviews appear to not identify underweight children (typically these

are grouped with normal weight children), so it is not known if the interventions

have unintended effects on these children. Van Wijnen et al. (2009) found that very

few childhood obesity interventions investigate the effects of their programs on the

psychosocial wellbeing of children and adolescents. There may be value in

embedding obesity prevention interventions into existing broader programs that

already target groups that are high-risk for obesity.

88 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

What works?

Although many past interventions to address childhood obesity have struggled to

demonstrate effectiveness, there are some early signs that those that are community

based, multifactorial, and long-term in nature may prove more effective. The

authors of the Cochrane review (Summerbell et al. 2005) stated that the most

promising interventions were underway and are yet to report findings, and that more

recent studies are conducting trials with more attention to participant involvement

and more comprehensive evaluations.

Several recent community-based interventions aimed at preventing obesity in

children include these aspects in their design. In Australia, one is the Be Active Eat

Well program (mentioned earlier, table 5.1). The intervention was designed and

implemented by parents and local organisations (such as schools and community

agencies). The strategy includes nutrition strategies, physical activity strategies and

screen time strategies to promote healthy eating and physical activity. This

long-term intervention ran for several years. As outlined above, the early results

were promising, showing significant results for most of the body composition

measures in the intervention group.

EPODE (Ensemble prévenons l’obésité des enfants, which translates to ‘together,

let’s prevent obesity in children’) is a community-based intervention launched in

France in 2004. In each town the intervention is led by a committee, and

suggestions are received for different community initiatives, activities and diets.

Initiatives may include organising games at school playtime, walk to school groups,

and learning about vegetables in the classroom. Children aged between 5 and

12 years have their BMI calculated annually, with overweight children, or children

at risk of being overweight, being encouraged to see a doctor (Westley 2007).

Half of the towns showed a statistically significant decrease in overweight and

obesity combined between 2005 and 2007. Although the results look very

encouraging, there is no clear and reliable control group against which they can be

assessed (Borys 2008; Westley 2007).

EPODE is in place in a large number of towns in France and has spawned similar

interventions in Belgium, Greece and Spain (European Public Health Alliance

2008). Mexico is also launching a new campaign to address obesity, also based on

the French model (The Independent 2010). Obesity Prevention and Lifestyle (see

table B.55), a South Australian intervention, launched in March 2009, was based on

EPODE (Hill and Lomax-Smith 2009).

EFFECTIVENESS OF

OBESITY-RELATED

INTERVENTIONS

89

5.3 Conclusion

The available evidence suggests that many interventions to prevent childhood

obesity have not been effective in preventing weight gain to any significant degree,

although they may have had greater success improving lifestyle behaviours

generating other benefits (such as a healthier diet and increased physical activity).

This is encouraging, and despite not improving children’s weight, may improve

their health and wellbeing. However, some of these interventions are very

expensive, making it unlikely that their limited benefits outweigh the costs (table

5.2).

On balance, governments appear yet to find a way to effectively intervene to reduce

obesity prevalence among children. This may be because, despite some

understanding of the factors driving obesity, an effective response to such a

complex problem is inherently challenging, or policy tools have been poorly

designed (for example, interventions have not properly targeted the causes of

obesity). Alternatively, effective policies may not be identified as such because of a

lack of robust evaluation. In some cases, potentially effective policies may be being

thwarted by institutions or other constraints.

This suggests the need for a measured, incremental approach to intervention in this

area, with a focus on program evaluation to weed out ineffective and inefficient

programs as well as to identify those that deliver net benefits. While data collection

and evaluation can be expensive, pilot programs and trials can help to contain both

program and evaluation costs. Successful programs can then be implemented more

widely. Evaluation expenditure should be assessed in a cost–benefit framework,

taking into account any potential wasted expenditure if the intervention proves

ineffective (and that the evaluation itself may influence outcomes).

Where evidence on benefits remains limited and uncertain, a number of strategies

can help ensure that interventions generate net community benefits:

First, experiment with low-cost programs that have low risks of collateral

impacts (‘do no harm’) or imposing undue costs on consumers (including cost

increases passed on by producers).

Second, for programs with potentially high costs, implement trials that allow

evidence to be gathered. Even for lower cost programs, gradual roll out can

allow continual evidence gathering and adjustment.

Finally, evaluate to facilitate sharing and thus quicker adoption of successful

approaches.

90 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

In summary, given the lack of firm evidence that childhood obesity prevention

measures have been effective, policies should be designed based on

cost-effectiveness, and implemented gradually, with a focus on evidence gathering,

information sharing, evaluation and consequent policy modification. A greater

commitment to evaluation, with a focus on methodological rigour, may produce

more robust and conclusive evidence.

91

Table 5.2 Characteristics of different policy interventions to prevent childhood obesity

Examples of policy

interventions

Probability of success

(improvement to body

composition) Costs to government Costs to business Costs to individuals

Scope for unintended

consequences

Information provision and education

Public education on

obesity

Low, but difficult to

assess

Campaign costs Insignificant Insignificant Limited, and no harm to

children likely (provided

it avoids adding to body

image issues, weight

stigma, prejudice or

eating disorders)

Dietary and/or physical

activity education for

children

Low Intervention costs (can

be expensive if

provided populationwide)

Insignificant (and could

be beneficial for certain

service providers)

Insignificant, but could

have costs to low-risk

children where

intervention diverts

resources from other

areas of education

As above

Non-mandatory

guidelines to control

eating environment to

discourage unhealthy

eating in schools (for

example, moving

vending machines to

less accessible areas)

Unknown Administrative costs Insignificant (but larger,

the more effective it is,

for producers of less

healthy food)

Insignificant As above

Mandatory labelling (for

example, nutrition

information for

restaurant and

takeaway meals)

Low Administrative and

enforcement costs

Compliance costs could

be significant

Could be significant if

costs to business are

passed on to

consumers

Possible, could reduce

consumer vigilance

(‘lulling’ effect)

(continued next page)

92

Table 5.2 (continued)

Examples of policy

interventions

Probability of success

(improvement to body

composition) Costs to government Costs to business Costs to individuals

Scope for unintended

consequences

Taxes and subsidies

Tax on energy-dense

nutrient-poor foods

Low Administrative and

enforcement costs,

may be offset to some

extent by tax revenue

Possible, may be loss

of sales revenue for

sellers of certain foods,

but overall there may

be no loss (for

example, if consumers

substitute to healthier

alternatives)

Could be significant,

distorts choice for all,

costs to low risk

individuals may

outweigh benefits to

obese individuals

Possible, taxes on foods

can disproportionately

burden the poor

Bans and other forms of compulsion

Banning television

advertising of certain

foods to children

Low Administrative and

enforcement costs

Possible, may be loss

of sales revenue for

sellers of certain foods,

TV and advertising

companies, but overall

there may be no loss

(for example, if

consumers substitute to

healthier alternatives)

Insignificant Limited, and no harm to

children likely

Non-mandatory

guidelines for types of

food and drinks sold in

schoolsa

Low, but allows tailored

strategies to target

groups (unlike blanket

prohibition)

Administrative costs Possible, may be loss

of sales revenue for

sellers of certain foods,

but overall there may

be no loss (for

example, if students

substitute to healthier

alternatives)

Could be significant, to

the extent that schools

restrict choice, costs to

low risk children may

outweigh benefits to

obese children

Possible, could reduce

canteen revenue (but

overall there may be no

loss) or increase

absenteeism, but no

harm to children likely

(continued next page)

93

Table 5.2 (continued)

Examples of policy

interventions

Probability of success

(improvement to body

composition) Costs to government Costs to business Costs to individuals

Scope for unintended

consequences

Prohibiting types of

food and drinks being

sold in schools

Unknown Administrative and

enforcement costs

As above Could be significant,

restricts choice, costs

to low risk children may

outweigh benefits to

obese children

As above

National standards

controlling types of food

that can be sold

As above High administrative and

enforcement costs

Significant, but overall

costs to food industry

depend on whether

consumers substitute to

healthier alternatives

Could be significant,

restricts choice for all,

costs to low risk

individuals could

outweigh benefits to

obese individuals

Possible, could reduce

the availability of some

foods that are valued for

their nutritional content

a Although non-mandatory guidelines are voluntary, to the extent that schools adopt them they become bans on types of food and drinks sold in schools.

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

95

A Nature and results of evaluated

Australian interventions

A number of Australian interventions address childhood obesity directly or

indirectly by targeting diet and/or physical activity. This appendix includes

Australian childhood obesity related interventions for which we have located

evaluation reports. Most of the Australian interventions identified date from the

mid 1990s. The studies and programs included here focus on prevention, rather than

the treatment or management of childhood obesity. (Interventions for which no

published evaluations were identified are listed in appendix B.)

The interventions in this appendix result from desk-based research and are based on

publicly available information. Due to the inconsistency with which bodies publicly

release program information, this is unlikely to be a definitive list.

The information is as complete as possible — information provided for some

interventions is more detailed than others. In the case of funding details, funding

organisations and funding figures may not reflect the complete picture. Where

specific information was not able to be located, it is left blank.

96 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.1 Active After-schools Communities (AASC) program

Description The AASC program aims to enhance the physical activity levels of

primary-school students, provide increased opportunities for

participation in physical activity, grow community capacity and

stimulate local government involvement in structured physical activity. It

provides access to structured after-school (3:00-5:30pm) physical

activity for primary-school students.

Funding details Australian Government – Building a Healthy, Active Australia: Some of

$90m

Methods Design:

Computer assisted telephone interviewing: Each cohort had pre- and

post-data collected from parents of participating and non-participating

children.

Web-based surveys with stakeholders: Each year (2005, 2006, 2007)

data was collected from AASC participating children, schools,

out-of-school-hours care staff, program staff and program deliverers.

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: Up to 2 years after baseline

Participants Targeted at primary-school students. Over 400 000 children have

participated in the program since its inception. Up to 3250 schools and

after-school care centres participate in the program.

Computer assisted telephone interviewing:

N (Cohort 1, 2005–2006, intervention group): 664 parents of

participating children

N (Cohort 1, comparison group): 750 parents of non-participating

children

N (Cohort 2, 2006–2007, intervention group): 635 parents of

participating children

N (Cohort 2, comparison group): 695 parents of non-participating

children

N (Cohort 3, 2007–2008, intervention group): 936 parents of

participating children

N (Cohort 3, comparison group): 936 parents of non-participating

children

Web-based surveys with stakeholders:

N (2005): 542 school and out-of-school hours care staff,

834 participating children, 374 AASC program deliverers, 148 AASC

program staff

N (2006): 1158 school and out-of-school hours care staff,

1678 participating children, 1260 AASC program deliverers,

154 AASC program staff

N (2007): 1789 school and out-of-school hours care staff,

1645 participating children, 1074 AASC program deliverers,

162 AASC program staff

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

(Continued next page)

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

97

Table A.1 (continued)

Interventions Setting: After-school hours care, sporting clubs and organisations, local

communities

Provider: Australian Sports Commission, research staff

Duration: 2005 – until at least 2010

Strategies: Provide free structured physical activity after school for

primary-school students.

Outcomes measured Outcomes measured include:

levels of and attitudes towards physical activity

children, their parents, and organisations’ thoughts on AASC

satisfaction with the AASC program

Resultsa Children participating in the AASC program almost doubled their

structured physical activity hours per week, and significantly increased

their total physical activity hours per week.

According to 4 in every 5 AASC deliverers, children involved in the

program were becoming more positive towards physical activity.

Three-quarters of participating children’s parents said their children had

expressed interest in new sports and activities in the previous 12

months, and two-thirds indicated their children would like to join a new

sporting club or organisation.

More than 80 per cent of the people and organisations involved in the

AASC rated the program as being fun and of high quality and more than

90 per cent rated the program as being safe.

Half of the sporting clubs and physical activity organisations involved in

the AASC program said that it increased the number of children

attending the club or organisation, and more than 70 per cent said that

the AASC program had stimulated community involvement in sport and

physical activity.

More than 80 per cent of participating children and their parents were

satisfied with the AASC program.

a Details given here are of the interim evaluation. The final evaluation was due mid-2009.

Source: Australian Sports Commission (2008); DoHA (2009a, 2009b).

98 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.2 Be Active Eat Well

Description The Be Active Eat Well intervention was a community capacity-building

program, which combined nutrition strategies, physical activity

strategies and screen time strategies in the aim of promoting healthy

eating and physical activity in children in the town of Colac (Victoria).

Funding details Department of Human Services (Victoria): $400 000

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Included ideas from determinants of health

model, social ecological model, ANGELO framework, Ottawa Charter

and Jakarta Declaration

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At the end of the intervention, and a long-term follow-up is

planned

Participants Targeted at children, their families and the wider Colac community

Evaluation:

N (Intervention baseline): 4 preschools, 6 primary schools,

1001 children

N (Intervention post-intervention): 4 preschools, 6 primary schools,

839 children

N (Comparison baseline): 4 preschools, 12 primary schools,

1183 children

N (Comparison post-intervention): 4 preschools, 12 primary schools,

979 children

Age: 4–12 year-olds

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Predominantly caucasian

Interventions Setting: Schools and wider Colac community

Provider: Research staff, schools, dieticians, local community

Duration: 4 years, 2003–2006

Strategies: Nutrition strategies, physical activity strategies, screen time

strategies.

Outcomes measured Body weight

Waist circumference

BMI

Waist/height

BMI-z score

Resultsa The intervention group had statistically significant lower increases in

body weight, waist circumference, waist/height ratio and BMI-z score

over the period when compared with the comparison group. BMI

increased over the course of the intervention in both the intervention

and comparison groups with BMI increasing less in the intervention

group, but the difference was not statistically significant.

a Results adjusted for baseline variable, age and height at follow-up, gender, duration between measurements

and clustering by school.

Source: Bell et al. (2008); Sanigorski et al. (2008).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

99

Table A.3 Burke et al. 1998

A controlled trial of health promotion programs in 11 year-olds using physical

activity ‘enrichment’ for higher risk children

Description This intervention implemented a physical activity program, physical

education enrichment program and a nutrition program aimed at

children at a higher risk of cardiovascular disease. It was implemented

in primary schools in Western Australia.

Funding details National Health and Medical Research Council

Australian Rotary Health Research Fund

Methods Design: Cluster-randomised controlled trial, randomised at school level

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 2

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention and 6-month post-intervention

Participants N: 800 students

N (Physical activity and nutrition program (‘standard program’)):

6 schools

N (‘Standard program’ plus physical activity enrichment for higher risk

children): 7 schools

N (Control): 5 schools

Age: 11 year-olds

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools and homes

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: 2 10-week school terms

Strategies: The physical activity program included classroom lessons

and fitness sessions. The physical education enrichment program

included keeping physical activity diaries and establishing goals for

increasing physical activity. The nutrition program included class

activities and home-based activities such as planning a week’s grocery

shopping.

Outcomes measured Physical fitness

Leisure-time physical activity

Television watching

Body Composition

Cholesterol

Blood Pressure

Dietary Intake

Results Fitness improved significantly in children in the ‘standard program’ and

enrichment program. However, the improvements only persisted 6

months later for females. High risk females in the enrichment group had

improved cholesterol immediately post-intervention, and males and high

risk females had improved cholesterol 6-months post-intervention. In

enrichment schools there was lower sodium intake, and in females only,

improved subscapular skinfolds, immediately post-intervention, but not

at the 6-month follow-up.

Source: Burke et al. (1998).

100 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.4 Coalfields Healthy Heartbeat School Project

Description The Coalfields Healthy Heartbeat Project aimed to improve health

outcomes in students in 15 schools in the socio-economically

disadvantaged area of the Coalfields District of New South Wales

(which has rates of cardiovascular disease significantly higher than the

average) by targeting healthy eating and physical activity.

Funding details University of Newcastle

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N (Intervention group): 18 schools, 294 students

N (Comparison group): 15 schools, 363 students

Age: Grade 6 students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: External agencies, parents and citizens group and Hunter

Region School Canteen committee, students from the University of

Newcastle, teachers, research staff

Duration: 1 year

Strategies: Provision of curriculum materials and training for teachers,

advice for schools regarding structural change, ongoing support and

follow-up, community involvement and public relations.

Outcomes measured Heart-health knowledge

Heart-health attitudes

Heart-health self-reported behaviour

Health-related fitness

Results Students in the intervention group reported significant gains in fitness

when compared with the comparison group. However, there was no

significant change in knowledge, attitudes and behaviours.

Source: Plotnikoff, Williams, and Fein (1999).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

101

Table A.5 Dwyer et al. 1983

An investigation of the effects of daily physical activity on the health of

primary-school students in South Australia

Description This intervention aimed to study the health effects of daily physical

activity. It originally involved a 14-week randomised trial of a daily

physical activity program in 7 schools in South Australia. Following this

first phase the schools decided to adopt daily physical activity as part of

the school curriculum (second phase).

Funding details

Methods Design:

First phase: Cluster-randomised controlled trial, randomised at class

level

Second phase: Pre- (pre-data from first phase) and post-data (no

control group)

Theoretical framework: Unstated

First phase:

Number of intervention groups: 2 (Skill group and Fitness group)

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up:

First phase: At end of 14-week intervention

Second phase: 2 years after completion of the first phase

Participants N (First phase): 7 schools, more than 500 students

N (Second phase): 5 schools, 216 students

Age: Grade 5 students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration:

First phase (1978): 14 weeks

Second phase: 2 years, 1978–1980

Strategies: Daily physical activity program.

Outcomes measured BMI

Skinfolds

Blood Pressure

Endurance fitness

Cholesterol

Academic performance

Results First phase:

Both skill and fitness groups gained in endurance fitness and the

fitness group had a significant decline in skinfolds. There was no

significant intervention effect on blood pressure and academic

performance.

Second phase:

The 1980 students had superior endurance fitness when compared

with the 1978 students. There was also a significant fall in the sum of

4 skinfolds in the 2-year period. Students in 1980 had lower BMIs,

however this difference was not statistically significant. Blood

pressure was also lower in the later period, but only diastolic blood

pressure was significantly lower.

Source: Dwyer et al. (1983).

102 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.6 Eat Smart Play Smart

Description Eat Smart Play Smart is a national intervention that aims to promote

active play and healthy eating in Out of School Hours Care (OSHC). It

includes training for OSHC staff and a manual. The manual was the

subject of the evaluation.

Funding details

Methods Design: Unstated

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: Unstated

Number of control groups: Unstated

Follow-up: 10–12 months following the national launch

Participants N (Baseline): 532

N (Follow-up): 280

Age: Primary-school students and OSHC staff

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: OSHC

Provider: National Heart Foundation, OSHC staff

Duration: 2004 onwards

Strategies: Manual and training for OSHC staff.

Outcomes measured Results of reading the manual

Results 80 per cent OSHC staff said they had learnt new things about nutrition

for children and 74 per cent are offering healthier food choices. Over

60 per cent learnt new things about physical activity, and almost

60 per cent are now offering a greater variety of physical activities.

OSHC staff also said that the children’s cooking skills changed with

85 per cent of staff reporting that children enjoyed the recipes and

cooking activities in the manual, and 52 per cent reported that children’s

cooking skills had improved.

Source: National Heart Foundation of Australia (2006, 2009a).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

103

Table A.7 Engaging adolescent girls in school sport

Description This intervention aimed to increase physical activity among adolescent

girls from predominantly linguistically diverse backgrounds by

increasing enjoyment of physical activity, perceived competence and

physical self-perception. It was implemented in a school in south-west

Sydney.

Funding details Faculty of Education, University of Wollongong

Methods Design: Pilot randomised controlled trial (RCT)

Theoretical framework: Social cognitive theory

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N (Intervention group): 17 students

N (Control group): 21 students

Age: Year 11 students

Gender: Female

Ethnicity: Predominantly linguistically diverse backgrounds

Interventions Setting: School

Provider: Teacher, research staff

Duration: 12 weeks

Strategies: 6 fortnightly 90-minute sport sessions consisting of activities

such as yoga, pilates, dance, aquatics and tennis in place of regular

sports classes.

Outcomes measured Enjoyment of physical activity

Physical self-perception

Objectively measured physical activity

Resultsa The intervention group showed greater improvement in body image and

enjoyment of physical activity during school sport over the intervention

period, when compared with the control. Physical activity participation

during school sports time declined for both intervention and control,

however the decline was smaller for the intervention group.

a This is a pilot RCT and as such is not sufficiently powered to know if between group differences were

statistically significant.

Source: Dudley et al. (2009).

104 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.8 Fitness Improvement and Lifestyle Awareness (FILA)

program

Description The FILA program aimed to increase cardiorespiratory fitness, increase

physical activity, increase healthy eating and reduce small screen

recreation in adolescent males with sub-optimal cardiorespiratory

fitness by using behavioural modification techniques. It was

implemented in a high school in the western suburbs of Sydney.

Funding details

Methods Design: Pilot randomised controlled trial (RCT)

Theoretical framework: Social cognitive theory

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N (Intervention group): 16 students

N (Comparison group): 17 students

Age: Year 7 students

Gender: Male

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: School

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: 6 months, 2007

Strategies: 1 60-minute curricular session and 2 20-minute lunchtime

physical activity sessions per week.

Outcomes measured BMI

Waist circumference

Percentage body fat

Cardiorespiratory fitness

Objectively measured physical activity

Small screen recreation time

Sweetened drink and fruit consumption

Resultsa The intervention group had a smaller increase in BMI, greater reduction

in waist circumference, greater reduction in percentage body fat, greater

increase in cardiorespiratory fitness, greater increase in participation in

weekday physical activity and a greater reduction in small screen

recreation on weekends.

a This is a pilot RCT and as such is not sufficiently powered to know if between group differences were

statistically significant.

Source: Peralta, Jones, and Okely (2009).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

105

Table A.9 Fresh Kids

Description The Fresh Kids program was a whole-of-school multifaceted

intervention that aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the Health

Promoting Schools (HPS) framework to improve fruit and water

consumption in primary-school students. Its aim was to promote

healthy eating and reduce childhood obesity-related risk factors. The

intervention was implemented in inner-west Melbourne.

Funding details National Child Nutrition Program

Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing

Telstra Foundation:

2003–05: $60 000

2005–07: $60 000

Methods Design: Pre- and post-intervention data collected (no comparison

group)

Theoretical framework: HPS framework

Follow-up: At regular intervals up to 2 years

Participants N: 4 primary schools (2 were evaluated for the whole 2 years, the other

2, 9 months)

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Mixed

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Community dietician, teachers, research staff

Duration: The evaluation went for 2 years, starting from 2001 and the

program itself went until at least 2006

Strategies: Strategies included, but were not limited to, season ‘Fresh

Fruit Weeks’, monthly nutritional newsletter and a ‘fruit break’ scheduled

into all classes.

Outcomes measured Fruit, water and sweet drinks brought to school

Results Over the course of the intervention there was a significant increase in

the proportion of children who brought fresh fruit to school, filled water

bottles and a significant decrease in all but 1 school in the amount of

children bringing sweet drinks. These results were sustained for the full

2 years of the evaluation.

Source: AIHW (2006b); Laurence, Peterkin and Burns (2007).

106 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.10 ‘Get Moving’ Campaign

Description The ‘Get Moving’ Campaign was a national social marketing campaign

that aimed to communicate the need for greater levels of physical

activity among children, youth and their parents.

Funding details

Methods Design: Pre- and post-data collection (no control group)

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants Targeted at parents and carers of children and adolescents, children

and adolescents

N (Baseline survey): 1200 children, 300 parents

N (Pre-campaign survey): 202 children, 587 parents

N (Follow-up survey): 216 children, 600 parents

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Mixed

Interventions Setting: Australian community

Provider: Department of Health and Ageing, media

Duration: February to April 2006

Strategies: Television commercial, radio advertisements, print

advertisements, internet banner advertisements, campaign website.

Outcomes measureda Outcomes measured included:

recall of campaign

whether action was taken as a result of the campaign

motivation as a result of the campaign

awareness of guidelines on physical activity and electronic media use

Results Parents:

Significant increase in those who could recall the Get Moving

Campaign between pre-campaign and follow-up

About three quarters had seen the television commercial at follow-up

37 per cent of parents suggested that being exposed to the campaign

prompted them to increase their own and their children’s physical

activity levels, and to decrease screen time

Around 80 per cent of those who took action said the campaign was

effective in motivating them and their family to be more active.

Children and adolescents:

Over 95 per cent of children report seeing at least 1 element of the

campaign

No change in organised sport as a result of the campaign

Resulted in decrease in weekend sedentary time

Over 80 per cent of children and teenagers said the campaign

prompted them to act

No obvious changes in attitude to physical activity, although attitude

was already very positive

Increased awareness of the recommended levels of activity and

electronic media use.

a All of the outcomes measured were self-reported.

Source: Elliot and Walker (2007a).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

107

Table A.11 Girls Stepping Out Program

Description The Girls Stepping Out Program evaluated the effectiveness and

compared daily step count targets (Pedometer group) and time-based

targets (Minutes group) for increasing physical activity in adolescent

girls. It was implemented in 3 central Queensland high schools.

Funding details Central Queensland University

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 2

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At 6 weeks and 12 weeks

Participants N (Pedometer (PED) group): 27 students

N (Minutes (MIN) group): 28 students

N (Control (CON) group): 30 students

Age: Year 11 and 12 students

Gender: Female

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: 12 weeks, July–October 2002

Strategies: 12 week physical activity self-monitoring and education

program. Students in the PED group logged step counts, and students

in the MIN group logged minutes of daily activity.

Outcomes measured Total activity

Results When compared with the CON group, at post-intervention the PED

group had significantly increased their total activity, however, the MIN

group did not.

Source: Schofield, Mummery and Schofield (2005).

108 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.12 ‘Go for 2&5®’ Campaign

Description The ‘Go for 2&5®’ Campaign was a national social marketing campaign

that aimed to communicate the need for a healthy diet among children,

youth and their parents.

Funding details

Methods Design: Pre- and post-data collection (no control group)

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: During (follow-up survey 1) and at the end of the

intervention (follow-up survey 2)

Participants Targets: Children and adolescents and their parents and carers

N (Baseline survey): 300 children, 1200 parents

N (Follow-up survey 1): 96 children, 591 parents

N (Follow-up survey 2): 250 children, 1001 parents

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Mixed

Interventions Setting: Australian community

Provider: Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing,

State and Territory health departments, media

Duration: April to July 2005

Strategies: Television commercials, radio advertisement, shopping

trolley and shopping centre advertisements, media partnership activities

formed through the campaign media buy, consumer booklet, poster and

media cards, campaign website, fact sheets, 1800 information line.

Outcomes measureda Fruit and vegetable consumption

Attitudes and beliefs regarding fruit and vegetable consumption

Changes to fruit and vegetable consumption

Healthy eating and physical activity campaign awareness

Go for 2&5® Campaign awareness

Reported action taken as a result of the campaign

Results Parents:

Proportion who ate fruit did not change between surveys

Between surveys there was a significant increase in the proportion

who ate more than 4 vegetables per day, and a significant decrease

in the amount who only ate 1 serve per day

Attitudes and beliefs about fruit consumption did not change between

the surveys, however, there was a significant increase in the

knowledge of the recommended consumption level

No improvement in the amount of parents that had attempted to

increase family fruit consumption between the surveys

High level of awareness of the 2&5® Campaign

A significant amount of parents said they had taken action as a result

of the campaign, with the most common action being increasing fruit

or vegetable consumption.

Children:

No significant change in fruit and vegetable consumption

Knowledge about recommended fruit and vegetable intake increased

High level of awareness of the 2&5® Campaign and the main

message recalled was to eat more fruit and vegetables

Large proportion said they had taken action as a result of the

campaign, with the most common action to eat more fruit and

vegetables.

a All of the outcomes measured were self-reported.

Source: Elliot and Walker (2007b).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

109

Table A.13 Learning to Enjoy Activity with Friends (LEAF)

Description The intervention aimed to assess the impact of an extra-curricular

school sports program on physical activity and sedentary behaviour in

adolescents by promoting lifestyle and lifetime physical activity.

Funding details

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Social cognitive theory

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N (Intervention group): 50 students

N (Control group): 66 students

Age: Year 8 and 9 students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: University of Newcastle health and fitness centre

Provider: Trained instructors, research staff

Duration: 8 weeks, September to December 2006

Strategies: Structured exercise activities, information sessions focused

on behavioural modification strategies, self-monitoring using

pedometers.

Outcomes measured Steps per day (mean)

Non-organised moderate-to-vigorous physical activity

TV

Computer

Electronic games

Results Adolescents who were classified as low-active at baseline in the

intervention group increased their step counts over the duration of the

intervention and accumulated significantly more steps than low-active

students in the comparison group. There were no statistically significant

differences in any of the other measures.

Source: Lubans and Morgan (2008).

110 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.14 Moorefit

Description Moorefit aimed to address inactivity in adolescent girls in 1 girls’

government high school south of Sydney with students mostly from

non-English speaking backgrounds. It incorporated strategies that

addressed the formal curriculum, physical environment, social

environment, organisational environment and school-home-community

links.

Funding details

Methods Design: Pre and post data taken on intervention group, pre data only

taken on control group

Theoretical framework: Health Promoting Schools framework

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of historical control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants Targeted at students (over 800)

N (Pre-intervention survey of intervention students): 11 Year 7 students

N (Pre-intervention survey of historical control): 127 Year 10 students

N (Post-intervention survey): 94 Year 10 students

Age: Secondary-school students

Gender: Female

Ethnicity: 86 per cent from non-English speaking backgrounds, mainly

Middle Eastern and Asian backgrounds

Interventions Setting: School

Provider: Teachers, research staff, advisory committee consisting of

government, non-government and ethnic organisations

Duration: 3 years, 1998–2001

Strategies: Strategies included, but were not limited to, new sports

options in the formal curriculum, informal physical activity at breaks,

project information in school newsletters.

Outcomes measures Participation in vigorous summer and winter activities

Participation in moderate (adequate) summer and winter activities

Participation in inadequate summer and winter activities

Results The intervention group had a significantly higher percentage who were

adequately active, and a significantly lower percentage who were

inactive when compared with the historical control group. There was an

increase in the participation rates in the non-competitive activities.

However, participation in vigorous activities in the intervention group

decreased over the course of the intervention.

Source: Cass and Price (2003).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

111

Table A.15 Move It Groove It

Description Move It Groove It aimed to use Physical Education (PE) lessons to

improve child fundamental movement skills and increase physical

activity for optimal health. It was implemented in a rural area in New

South Wales.

Funding details NSW Health – Physical Activity Demonstration Grant (Ref. No. DP98/1)

Sydney University (Department of Rural Health – Northern Rivers)

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Incorporated ideas from the Ottawa Charter

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention, and a 6-year follow-up

Participants N: 1045 children, of which 276 were assessed at the 6-year follow-up

N (intervention group): 9 schools

N (control group): 9 schools

Age: 7–10 year-olds

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: School project teams (often included teachers), a health

worker and upper primary-school students

Duration: 1 year, 1999–2000

Strategies: School project teams, a buddy program, professional

development for teachers, project website, funding for new equipment.

Outcomes measured 8 fundamental movement skills

Moderate-to-vigorous physical activity

Vigorous physical activity

PE classes’ lesson context

Results At end of intervention:

Most of the fundamental movement skills and vigorous physical activity

increased significantly for both genders in the intervention group over

the duration of the study compared with the control group.

Moderate-to-vigorous physical activity also increased but it was not

significant.

6-year follow-up:

The intervention group had improved their ability to catch, had lost their

advantage in throw and kick and maintained their advantage in the other

skills when compared with the intervention group. There was no

significant difference in physical activity between the 2 groups.

Source: Barnett et al. (2009); van Beurden et al. (2003).

112 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.16 New South Wales Walk Safely to School Day

Description The New South Wales Walk Safely to School Day was an annual event

promoting walking to school with the objectives of reinforcing safe

pedestrian behaviour, promoting the health benefits of walking and

reducing car usage. Initiated by the Pedestrian Council of Australia.

Funding details NSW Health

Methods Design: Survey data collected from parents and schools at the 2002

event, and school participation information collected each year. No

comparison group.

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: None

Participants N (parent survey): 800 households

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Mixed

Interventions Setting: Schools and wider community

Provider: Pedestrian Council of Australia, schools, research staff

Duration: First Friday in April, 2001–2004

Strategies: Strategies included paid media advertising and school kits

with suggestions for promoting the event.

Outcomes measured Outcomes measured included the number of schools and students that

participated in the event, and the change in the number of students that

walked as a result of the event.

Results School participation increased by 66 per cent between 2001 and 2004,

however schools participation levelled off after the second year. 53 per

cent of NSW primary schools participated over the 4 years. Repeat

participation was not high (15 per cent).

According to school evaluation, about 19 per cent of New South Wales

primary-school students participated in the 2002 event.

According to parent surveys, 24 per cent of children participated in the

2002 event. There was a relative increase in children walking to school

due to this event (31 per cent).

Source: Merom et al. (2005).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

113

Table A.17 Nutrition Ready-to-Go @ Out of School Hours Care (NRG

@ OOSH) Physical Activity Project

Description The NRG @ OOSH Physical Activity Project used a multi-strategy

approach to improve opportunities for and participation in physical

activity in out-of-school-hours (OOSH) care. The project focused on

OOSH services in socially disadvantaged areas of south-eastern

Sydney.

Funding details

Methods Design: Pre- and post-data collected (no control group)

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N: 44 OOSH care services, approximately 2590 children, 119 staff

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: OOSH care

Provider: Advisory committee of stakeholders, OOSH care staff

Duration: 12 months

Strategies: Individual feedback and assistance to OOSH care services,

state-wide accredited nutrition and food safety training for OOSH care

staff, development of a manual.

Outcomes measured Outcomes measured included:

Proportion of OOSH care services with a physical activity component

Amount of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity

Proportion of children participating in low and high intensity activities

Results The intervention resulted in a statistically significant improvement in the

proportion of moderate or vigorous activities in OOSH care each week.

In addition to this, there was a significant shift from children participating

in lower-intensity activities to higher-intensity activities. There was also

an increase in the number of OOSH care services with physical activity

programs and policies.

Source: Healthy Kids (2006); Sangster, Eccleston and Porter (2008).

114 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.18 Program X

Description Program X was a school-based intervention addressing physical

activity, sedentary behaviour, and healthy eating in adolescents,

incorporating pedometers and email support.

Funding details

Methods Design: Cluster-randomised controlled trial, randomised at the school

level

Theoretical framework: Social cognitive theory

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: 6 months from baseline

Participants N (intervention group): 3 schools, 58 students

N (control group): 3 schools, 66 students

Age: Secondary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: 10 weeks, July to September 2007

Strategies: School sport program, weekly messages, pedometers for

self-monitoring of physical activity, diaries for dietary monitoring, parent

information leaflets, email support.

Outcomes measured Objectively recorded physical activity

Self-reported sedentary behaviour

Dietary habits

Results Intervention group participants increased their mean steps per day. The

number of energy-dense nutrient-poor snacks consumed per day

decreased significantly in males, but not in females, and the number of

fruit serves per day consumed increased significantly in females but not

in males. However, the intervention had no significant effect on

sedentary behaviour, or water consumed each day.

Source: Lubans et al. (2009).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

115

Table A.19 Q4: Live Outside the Box 2007

Description Aimed to help school children to develop healthy lifestyles to address

overweight and obesity by increasing public awareness and action. It

was implemented in Northern Sydney. There have been 3 evaluations

conducted. The results of the most recent are presented here, involving

the Northern Beaches, Lower North Shore and Hornsby/Ryde/Hunters

Hill local government areas.

Funding details

Methods Design: Data collected post-intervention (no control group)

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Follow-up: Post-intervention

Participants N (Northern Beaches): 19 schools

N (Lower North Shore): 8 schools

N (Hornsby/Ryde/Hunters Hill): 8 schools

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Communities

Provider: Research staff, schools, teachers, Health Promotion Officers

Duration: 2 weeks

Strategies: Competition style activity – involving completion of a

passport. Schools also provided with certificates, prizes and newspaper

articles.

Outcomes measured Parents opinion of program, teachers belief of effectiveness of the

program, barriers to implementation and suggestions for improvement.

Results Northern Beaches teachers suggested passport activity was relatively

easy to do, could go for longer, simplifying the layout could make it more

child friendly, could use more visual cues, should have information on

extra foods and simple scoring system could help. Barriers included the

time of year, lack of parent support, difficulty for some people from

culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds in understanding the

passport.

Over 95 per cent of Northern Beaches parents were involved in the

program. The majority found it easy to support their children and

97 per cent of parents rated the program as good or better.

98 per cent of Lower North Shore teachers believed the program was at

least effective in raising awareness of overweight and obesity and 98

per cent found it at least easy to implement.

The vast majority of Hornsby/Ryde/Hunters Hill teachers believed the

program was effective in raising awareness of overweight and obesity

and 98 per cent found it at least easy to implement.

Comments from teachers in Lower North Shore and

Hornsby/Ryde/Hunters Hill were similar to those of Northern Beaches

The vast majority of Lower North Shore parents were involved with the

program. Over 90 per cent found it easy to support their children and

98 per cent thought the program was good or better.

Over 95 per cent of Hornsby/Ryde/Hunters Hill parents were involved in

the program. Over 90 per cent found it easy to support their children in

the program and over 95 per cent rated the program as good or better.

Source: Wilkenfeld, Haynes and Clark (2007).

116 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.20 Romp and Chomp

Description The intervention aimed to help Geelong families with young children

lead healthy lives through increasing the capacity of the Geelong

community to promote healthy eating and active play.

Funding details Department of Human Services (Victoria), Department of Education

and Early Childhood Development (Victoria), City of Greater Geelong,

Barwon Health, Deakin University, Leisure Networks, VicHealth and the

Australian Research Council: $111 000 over 4 years (2004–2008)

Methods Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical Framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of comparison groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention

Participants N: Targeted approximately 12 000 preschool children and their families

Age: Children under 5 years

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Included maternal and child health centres, family and long day

care, kindergartens

Provider:

Duration: 2004–2008

Strategies: Strategies included social marketing, establishment of

strategic alliances with community partners, drinks policies in

kindergartens, Structured Active Play Program in kindergartens.

Outcomes measured Included:

BMI

nutrition intake

small screen recreation

environmental changes in Early Childhood Settings

Results Included:

In the intervention group overweight/obesity was significantly reduced

by 2.5 percentage points in 2 year-olds and 3.4 percentage points in

3.5 year-olds

Intervention group had significantly lower intake of packaged snacks,

fruit juice and cordial when compared with comparison group. There

was no significant difference in vegetable intake

Intervention group spent significantly less time watching TV/DVDs at

follow-up than comparison group

There was no significant difference between the intervention and

comparison groups in the number of occasions children were

physically active in the previous week and intake of water, milk,

chocolates/lollies and cake/muffins/biscuits

When compared to baseline, the intervention group had a statistically

significant increase in intake of water, milk, fruit, vegetables and fruit

juice, and no significant change in intake of chocolates/lollies,

cake/muffins/biscuits and packaged snacks. There was no significant

change in the number of occasions children were physically active in

the previous week.

Source: Bell (2008); de Silva-Sanigorski et al. (2009); WHO Collaborating Centre for Obesity Prevention

(2007, 2008b).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

117

Table A.21 Smart Choices – Healthy Food and Drink Supply Strategy

for Queensland Schools

Description Smart Choices is a mandatory Queensland Government strategy that

assists schools to provide healthy food and drinks. It reflects the

Australian Guide to Healthy Eating and the Dietary Guidelines for

Children and Adolescents in Australia.

Funding details

Methods Design: Survey conducted at a point in time

Principals completed an online survey

Parents and Citizens Associations (P&Cs) completed a

self-administered postal survey

Tuckshop convenors completed a phone interview

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Participants N (evaluation): Principals: 973, P&Cs: 598, Tuckshop convenors: 513

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Schools, The Queensland Council of Parents and Citizens’

Associations, Queensland Association of School Tuckshops and

Nutrition Australia

Duration: Announced in 2005, became mandatory from January 2007,

evaluation completed in Term 2, 2007

Strategies: Strategies included distribution of resource packs to all

schools and information and training seminars for participants. Schools

implemented a traffic light system to decide what food and drinks to sell.

Outcomes measured Support for the strategy and implementation of the strategy

Results Key findings included:

Schools supported rationale for strategy, made significant efforts to

implement Smart Choices and accessed resources and attended

training sessions

Overall implementation of Smart Choices was high with nearly all

principals, P&Cs and tuckshop convenors reporting the tuckshop had

implemented the strategy

Smart Choices appeared to have been implemented well across not

only the canteen, but the whole school environment.

Source: Department of Education and Training (Queensland) (2009b).

118 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.22 Start Right-Eat Right Award Scheme

Description An award program that aims to improve food service in the child care

industry in line with government policy and regulations. It was

developed by Curtin University’s School of Public Health and the

Department of Health (Western Australia).

Funding details Department of Health (Western Australia)

Health Promotion Foundation of Western Australia

Methods Design: Surveys at different points in time

Theoretical framework: Organisational change stage theory

Follow-up: 6 weeks (centres who had registered interest and not

participated in the scheme) and 3 and 9 months post-baseline

(registered centres)

Participants N (3 month feedback): 44 centres

N (9 month feedback): 51 centres registered without the award and

21 centres with the award

Age: Unstated

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Child care centres

Provider: Child care staff, working group, trainers, research staff

Duration:

Development of awards scheme: 3 years

Evaluation: 9 months

Program has ran since 1999

Strategies: Included training for staff, existing manual, menu

assessment and planning guide.

Outcomes measured Reasons for registration

Perceived benefits of participating in the scheme

Perceived barriers to achieving the award

Results Registered in award scheme but have not earned the award:

3 months

Reasons for initial registration included wanting assistance to make

improvements and seeking endorsement for current practices

Barriers included cost, needing staff to attend training and needing to

support staff to attend training in the long term

9 months

Over 90 per cent thought that Food Service Planning for the Child

Care Centre short course was relevant

90 per cent of coordinators reported making changes to menus

20 centres had gained the FoodSafe certificate

Barriers included time commitments and need for increased dairy

provision.

Centres with the award:

About three-quarters were satisfied with the award and its results

Most said the award had improved nutrition knowledge and food

service

2 centres said it lacked practicality and was too time-consuming

Most centres made changes as a result of being part of the award

program.

Source: Pollard, Lewis and Miller (2001).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

119

Table A.23 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Program

Description Aims to provide food education to primary-school students by

encouraging them to maintain a vegetable garden.

Funding details Deakin University

Department of Education and Early Childhood Development (Victoria)

VicHealth

Helen Macpherson Smith Trust

Methods Design: Mixed methods, longitudinal, matched comparison trial,

including surveys, focus groups, interviews and participant observation

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 6 schools

Number of control groups: 6 schools

Follow-up: 2.5 years post-baseline

Participants N (both intervention and control groups): 770 children, 562 parents and

93 teachers

Age: Grades 3–6 students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Mixed

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, volunteers, research staff

Duration: 2.5 years, 2007–2009

Strategies: Students learn to grow vegetables as well as cooking and

sharing food.

Outcomes measured Included:

willingness to try new foods

food choices and food literacy

enjoyment of kitchen and garden activities

development of cooking, gardening and environmental knowledge

and skills

Results Key results included:

Children reported their willingness to try new foods increased in intervention schools, and was significantly greater than in comparison schools. However, parents reported a statistically insignificant difference between intervention and comparison schools

There was no evidence of the program influencing children’s food choices and food literacy

Children’s enjoyment of cooking was significantly greater in intervention schools than in comparison schools. However, there was no significant difference in enjoyment of gardening

Children’s gardening knowledge was significantly greater in intervention schools than in comparison schools for most measures.

Intervention children had significantly increased confidence in gardening and cooking compared with the comparison children.

Source: SAKG Evaluation Research Team (2009); Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Foundation (2010).

120 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.24 Switch–Play

Description Switch–Play assessed the effect of a behavioural modification (BM)

intervention (focused on time spent in screen behaviours and physical

activity, enjoyment of physical activity, fundamental motor skills and

weight status), a fundamental motor skills (FMS) intervention, and an

intervention combining the two. The aim was to evaluate its

effectiveness in preventing excess weight gain, reducing time spent on

small screen recreation, increasing participation and enjoyment of

physical activity and improving fundamental motor skills. It was

conducted in 3 government schools in low-socioeconomic areas in

Melbourne.

Funding details VicHealth

Methods Design: Cluster-randomised controlled trial, randomised at class level

Theoretical framework: Social cognitive theory and behavioural choice

theory

Number of intervention groups: 3

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of intervention, and at 6 and 12 months after end of

intervention

Participants N (BM group): 66

N (FMS group): 74

N (BM/FMS group): 93

N (control): 62

Age: Grade 5 students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: March–December 2002

Strategies: BM strategy included encouraging participants to switch off

their TV for an increasing duration each week, self-monitoring of

sedentary behaviour, ‘Switch-Play’ games. FMS strategy included

running, throwing, dodging, striking, jumping.

Outcomes measured BMI

Objectively assessed physical activity

Self-reported screen behaviours

Self-reported enjoyment of physical activity

Fundamental motor skills

Unintended consequences

Food intake

(Continued next page)

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

121

Table A.24 (continued)

Results The intervention had a significant effect on BMI for the children in the

BM/FMS group, when compared with the control group, at

post-intervention and the 6- and 12-month follow-ups, after adjusting for

food intake and physical activity. The BM/FMS group was also less likely

to be overweight/obese between baseline and post intervention and at

the 12-month follow-up. However, there was no significant BMI effect for

the BM and FMS groups. The FMS group also had higher levels and

greater enjoyment of physical activity. The BM group had greater levels

of physical activity, but the BM/FMS group did not when compared with

the control. The intervention did not have any significant effect on

sedentary behaviour in the FMS and BM/FMS groups, and had an

undesired effect in the BM group. The intervention effects on the

enjoyment of and participation in physical activity and fundamental

motor skills were moderated by gender.

Source: Salmon et al. (2008); Salmon, Ball et al. (2005).

122 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.25 Tooty Fruity Vegie Project

Description It aimed to increase fruit and vegetable consumption among primaryschool

students. It was implemented in the Northern Rivers region of

New South Wales.

Phase 1 of the Tooty Fruity Vegie (TFV) project was a 2 year

multi-strategy health promotion program.

Phase 2 of the TFV Project also went for 2 years and commenced in

the second half of 2001.

Since the second phase of the TFV project it has been implemented in

over 50 schools across New South Wales.

Funding details

Methods Phase 1:

Design: Quasi-experimental

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of comparison groups: 1

Follow-up: At end of phase 1

Phase 2:

Design: Pre- and post-data collected (no comparison group)

Follow-up: At end of phase 2

Participants Phase 1:

N (intervention group that participated in evaluation): 9

primary schools

N (comparison group that participated in evaluation): 3

primary schools

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Phase 2:

N: 14 schools

Age: Primary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Phase 1:

Setting: Schools

Provider: Project management teams, research staff, teachers, local

community health professionals, parents, volunteers

Duration: 2 years, 1999–2000

Strategies: Included promotion of fruit and vegetables in the school

canteen, children’s cooking classes, fruit and vegetable gardens,

incorporating fruit and vegetable activities in school curricula.

Phase 2:

Setting: Schools

Provider: Project management teams, research staff, teachers, local

community health professional, parents

Duration: 2 years, 2001–2003.

Strategies: Similar to those in Phase 1.

(Continued next page)

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

123

Table A.25 (continued)

Outcomes measured Phase 1 included:

overall awareness of the TFV Project

overall attitudes towards the TFV Project

quality of implementation of individual TFV Project strategies

perceived barriers and enablers to implementing the TFV Project

perceived sustainability of the TFV Project

Phase 2 included:

level and quality of strategy implementation

perceived sustainability

children’s recall and enjoyment of key TFV strategies

teachers’ usage of key TFV strategies

children’s attitudes towards fruit and vegetables

canteens’ usage of fruit and vegetable promoting strategies

children’s fruit and vegetable consumption

Results Phase 1:

The TFV Project reached its target audience and was received

positively. It was perceived as being well implemented

The Project improved classroom fruit and vegetable promotion

activities, and increased parental interest and involvement in

promoting fruits and vegetables in schools, and beyond

Fruit and vegetable knowledge, attitudes, access and preparation

skills was significantly improved in children

Fruit and vegetable intake increased in the intervention group over

the period by 18 per cent and 14 per cent respectively, while fruit and

vegetable consumption in the comparison group decreased by 14 per

cent and 4 per cent, respectively.

Phase 2:

The strategies were perceived to be sustainable with most project

management teams intending to continue with many of the strategies

Significantly more children recalled TFV strategies at follow-up than

at baseline, and significantly more teachers reported having used

TFV strategies, such as fruit and vegetable breaks in class, at

follow-up than a baseline

There was no significant difference in children’s attitudes towards fruit

and vegetables, access to fruit and vegetables and encouragement

to eat fruits and vegetables, at baseline and follow-up, however, they

were already high

There was no significant change in teachers’ attitudes to fruit and

vegetable promotion before and after, however they were already

high

More canteens used fruit and vegetable promotion strategies at

follow-up than at baseline

There was a significant difference in children’s fruit consumption at

baseline and follow-up, however, there was no significant difference

in vegetable consumption.

Source: Adams, Pettit and Newell (2004); Miller et al. (2001); Newell et al. (2004); North Coast Area Health

Service (2008).

124 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table A.26 Vandongen et al. 1995

A controlled evaluation of a fitness and nutrition intervention program on

cardiovascular health in 10–12 year-old children

Description Aimed to improve cardiovascular health by implementing the following

programs: school-based nutrition, home-based nutrition, fitness

education, combined school-based nutrition and fitness education, and

combined school-based nutrition and home-based nutrition. It was

conducted in Western Australian schools over the course of a school

year.

Funding details National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) project grant

Methods Design: Cluster-randomised controlled trial, randomised at school level

Theoretical framework: Unstated.

Number of intervention groups: 5

Number of control groups: 1

Follow-up: At the end of the intervention

Participants N: 30 schools, 1147 children

Age: 10–12 year-olds

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Schools

Provider: Teachers, research staff

Duration: 1 school year

Strategies: School-based nutrition program, home-based nutrition

program, fitness education program.

Outcomes measured Dietary intake

Physical fitness

Anthropometry

Blood Pressure

Cholesterol

Results For females in the groups with a fitness component, triceps skinfolds

and diastolic blood pressure decreased significantly and fitness

increased. For females in the 2 home nutrition groups, fat intake

decreased significantly and in the combined school and home nutrition

and the fitness groups fibre intake increased. For males, sugar intake

decreased in the fitness, fitness and school nutrition, and school and

home nutrition groups. For both males and females the change in sugar

intake correlated negatively with change in fat intake.

Source: Vandongen et al. (1995).

EVALUATED

AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

125

Table A.27 Wicked Vegies

Description Aims to improve awareness of healthy eating and contribute to the

reduction of obesity and other diet-related health problems.

Implemented by Cancer Council Tasmania.

Funding details Tasmanian Community Fund

Methods Design: Surveys and focus groups conducted at a point in time

Theoretical framework: Unstated

Number of intervention groups: 1

Number of control groups: 0

Follow-up: None

Participants N: 5 principals, 7 teachers, 2 canteen managers, 3 community partners

and 24 students

Age: Secondary-school students

Gender: Mixed

Ethnicity: Unstated

Interventions Setting: Secondary schools in Tasmania

Provider: Cancer Council Tasmania, teachers, canteen staff, community

partners

Duration: Trialled 2006–2007, expanded and continued since

Strategies: Included an implementation manual, a Wicked Vegies

competition, promotion in print media and on radio.

Outcomes measured Included:

use of manual

student confidence in food preparation

desire to continue program

student fruit and vegetable purchases

student eating habits

Results Teacher surveys included:

Teachers had read manual and found it relevant

Students gained confidence in food preparation.

Principals survey included:

Principals found activities were a good way to educate students on

healthy eating

Principals wanted to continue with Wicked Vegies.

Canteen managers survey included:

Wicked Vegies helped to increase healthy food choices in the

canteen

Students were more aware of fruit and vegetable options at the

canteen

Canteen managers wanted to continue with Wicked Vegies.

Community Partners survey included:

A supermarket manager noted more students purchasing fresh fruit

Community Partners wanted to continue supporting program.

Student focus groups included:

Students learned most through practical activities, and found

nutritional theory difficult to retain

Students reported their eating habits had changed marginally

Students enjoyed Wicked Vegies activities.

Source: Cancer Council Tasmania (2008).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

127

B Other Australian interventions

This appendix includes Australian childhood obesity-related interventions for which

no published evaluation reports have been identified or located. All of the

Australian interventions identified date from the mid 1990s. The studies and

programs included here focus on prevention, rather than the treatment or

management of childhood obesity. (Interventions for which there are published

evaluations are listed in appendix A.)

The interventions in this appendix result from desk-based research and are based on

publicly available information. Due to the inconsistency with which bodies publicly

release program information, this is unlikely to be a definitive list. Further, it may

be that some of these programs have evaluation reports. However, we were unable

to readily locate them.

The information is as complete as possible — information provided for some

interventions is more detailed than others. In the case of funding details, funding

organisations and funding figures reflect those identified through desk-based

research and may not reflect the complete picture. Where specific information was

not able to be located, it is left blank.

128 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.1 ACT Early Childhood Active Play and Eating Well Project

Also known as the ‘Kids at Play – Active Play and Eating Well Project’

Description Promotes healthy eating and physical activity in 0–5 year-olds through

increasing the capacity of the early childhood sector. It is a combined

initiative of the ACT Government and the National Heart Foundation

ACT.

Funding details Healthy Active Australia Community and Schools Grants Program:

$64 000

Evaluation funded by Health Promotion and Grants, ACT Health Sport

and Recreation Services, and the National Heart Foundation ACT:

$80 000

Duration 3 years, 2007–2010

Location ACT

Setting Early childhood sector

Target group 0–5 year-olds

Strategies Social marketing messages, training for early childhood staff and health

professionals, resources on healthy eating and physical activity for

young children and parents.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACT Government and the National Heart Foundation ACT (?2007, 2007); ACT Health (2007a);

Department of Territory and Municipal Services (ACT) (2006); DoHA (2009e); Healthpact Research Centre for

Health Promotion and Wellbeing (2008).

Table B.2 ACT Health Promoting Schools Canteen Project

Description Aims to increase the amount of healthy food items in school canteens

by providing education and training to canteen staff.

Funding details

Duration

Location ACT

Setting Schools

Target group School students and canteen staff

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: ACT Health (?2009a); DoHA (2007).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

129

Table B.3 Activate NT - MBF Healthy Lifestyle Challenge

Description Annual program that gives participants in Darwin and Palmerston

opportunities to improve their eating and be more active. It is a

collaboration between General Practice Network NT, Darwin City

Council and the City of Palmerston.

Funding details MBF

Duration 10 weeks annually

Location Darwin and Palmerston, Northern Territory

Setting Community-wide

Target group Families

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, community walks, bike rides,

exercise sessions, supermarket tours, cooking sessions and health

checks.

Evaluation

Source: General Practice Network NT (2009).

Table B.4 Active-Ate

Description Collection of resources that aim to promote nutrition and physical

activity in primary schools. Developed by the Queensland Health

Tropical Public Health Unit Network.

Funding details Queensland Health

Duration 2003 onwards

Location Queensland

Setting Primary schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, promoting activities such as

picnics, games days, food experiments and developing a restaurant

menu, and resources for students, teachers and parents.

Evaluation Unable to locate evaluation

Source: Department of Education and Training (Queensland) (2009a); Edith Cowan University (2010).

Table B.5 Active School Curriculum Initiative

Description The Schools Assistance Act 2004 required government and

non-government education authorities to provide 2 hours a week of

mandatory physical activity for primary-school and junior

secondary-school students.

Funding details

Duration 2005–2008. Since 2008 the 2 hours of physical activity requirement has

been removed.

Location Australia-wide

Setting Schools

Target group Primary-school and junior secondary-school students

Strategies Mandatory guidelines required 2 hours of physical activity per week.

Evaluation

Source: DoHA (2006; pers comm., 26 March 2010).

130 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.6 Around Australia in 40 Days Small Steps to Big Things

Walking Challenge

Description Encourages students to walk the equivalent length of a route around

Australia in 40 days, by completing an average of around 10 000 steps

a day as part of their daily routine. It is an Australian Government

Initiative.

Funding details

Duration Term 4, 2007

Location Australia-wide

Setting Australia-wide

Target group Years 7, 8, 9

Strategies Students formed teams and entered their details and daily step count

(measured by pedometers) online. Winning teams won prizes for their

school.

Evaluation

Source: DoHA (?2007, 2008d).

Table B.7 Be Active – Take Steps

Description Encouraged children to undertake at least 60 minutes of physical

activity each day. Developed by the Centre of Health Promotion at the

Women’s and Children’s Hospital.

Funding details Department of Health (South Australia)

Duration 8–10 weeks in 2004

Location South Australia

Setting Schools and wider community

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Strategies included using pedometers, diaries for children, resource

books for teachers.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (South Australia) (2005).

Table B.8 Childhood Healthy Weight Project

Description Aims to prevent obesity in Northern Territory children by focusing on

childcare and canteens in schools. Managed by the Heart Foundation.

Funding details Department of Health and Community Services (Northern Territory)

Duration

Location Northern Territory

Setting Childcare centres and schools

Target group Children

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health and Community Services (Northern Territory) (2007).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

131

Table B.9 Cool CAP

Description A school canteen accreditation program run by the Tasmanian Schools

Canteen Association aimed at promoting healthy food.

Funding details

Duration 2000 onwards

Location Tasmania

Setting Schools

Target group Canteen staff and students

Strategies An awards program is used to encourage school canteens to prepare

foods in a safe and hygienic environment, promote healthy foods, and

run a well-managed canteen.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Education (Tasmania) (2008); Tasmanian School Canteen Association (?2009).

Table B.10 Crunch&Sip

Description Aims to increase fruit, vegetable and water consumption by providing a

set break in the school day for students to consume these items. It is

implemented by The Cancer Council WA and Diabetes WA in Western

Australia, the Healthy Kids School Canteen Association in New South

Wales and South Australian Dental Service in South Australia. It is a

Go for 2&5 initiative (table B.29).

Funding details

Duration

Location Western Australia, New South Wales and South Australia

Setting Schools

Target group School students

Strategies Set classroom break to eat fruit or vegetables and drink water.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (Western Australia) (2005).

Table B.11 CSIRO Wellbeing Plan for Children

Description Development of a book containing information on how to positively

influence eating and activity habits. Developed by the CSIRO.

Funding details Development of book: Australian Government: $2m

Duration Development of book: 2 years

Location Australia-wide

Setting Australia-wide

Target group Children and their families

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: CSIRO (2009).

132 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.12 Eat Right Grow Bright

Description Encouraged healthy eating and physical activity in children and their

families.

Funding details Federal Government Communities for Children Initiative

Duration 2006–2009

Location Tasmania

Setting Community-wide

Target group Children and their parents

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, the development of display

kits, event organising guide, nutrition activity booklet, posters, expos,

media articles and training for childcare workers and family day care

workers.

Evaluation

Source: Eat Well Tasmania (2009a).

Table B.13 Eat Well Be Active

Description Promotes physical activity and healthy eating with the aim of

contributing to healthy weight in children and their families.

Implemented by Southern Primary Health of Southern Adelaide Health

Service and Murray Mallee Community Health Service of Country

Health SA.

Funding details Department of Health (South Australia): $2.6m over 5 years

Duration 2005–2010

Location Morphett Vale and Murray Bridge, South Australia

Setting Community-wide

Target group 0–18 year-olds and their families

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, mentoring for canteens,

physical activity and nutrition policies, improvements to drinking water

facilities, canteen menu improvements and newsletters.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Department of Health (South Australia) (2004).

Table B.14 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life – Badu Island

Description Aims to improve food choices and increase physical activity in

Indigenous children living on Badu Island.

Funding details Health Promotion Council Queensland

Duration 2006–?

Location Badu Island, Queensland

Setting Community-wide

Target group Indigenous children aged 0–12 years

Strategies Strategies include education and activities aimed at children in the

classroom, and parents and the wider community.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: National Nutrition Networks Conference (2008).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

133

Table B.15 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life –

Logan-Beaudesert

Description Aims to increase healthy eating and physical activity in 0–8 year-old

Pacific Islander and African children.

Funding details PBI Health Promotion Program

Duration 2008–?

Location Logan-Beaudesert region

Setting Community-wide

Target group Pacific Islander and African children aged 0–8 years

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, a recipe book, a dance and

games resource kit and facilities to support cooking and food

preparation.

Evaluation Unable to locate evaluation

Source: Queensland Health (2009a).

Table B.16 Eat Well Be Active, Healthy Kids for Life – Townsville

Description Provides no cost, simple activities for families in parks and open

spaces to encourage physical activity.

Funding details

Duration

Location Townsville

Setting Community-wide

Target group Children and their families

Strategies Strategies included placing hopscotch stencils in parks, providing

walking paths, development of a physical activity flipchart and

installation of beach volleyball courts.

Evaluation

Source: Townsville City Council (2010).

Table B.17 Family Food Patch

Description Involves training of Family Food Educators who promote physical

activity and good nutrition in their local community. A partnership

between Eat Well Tasmania, Department of Health and Human

Services (Tasmania), Child Health Association and Playgroup

Tasmania.

Funding details Tasmanian Community Fund: $108 200

Duration

Location Tasmania

Setting Community-wide

Target group Young children

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, helping develop healthy

canteen menus, giving talks to community groups and parents and

showing parents and children healthy recipes.

Evaluation

Source: Eat Well Tasmania (2009b); Tasmanian Community Fund (?2005).

134 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.18 Filling the Gaps

Description Aims to improve healthy eating and physical activity patterns in children

and families in hard to reach, vulnerable communities. A collaboration

between The Royal Children’s Hospital, The Murdoch Children’s

Research Institute and the Centre of Physical Activity Across the Life

Span at the Australian Catholic University. It is a partner program of

Kids – ‘Go for your life’ (table B.44) under the ‘Go for your life’ banner.

Funding details

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Community-wide

Target group Children aged 0–12 years and their families

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, tip sheets, physical activity

practical sheets, newsletter inserts, parent kits and School Nurse BMI

training sessions.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (Victoria) (2010a).

Table B.19 Fit4fun

Description A fundraising program that aims to promote healthy lifestyles, by

encouraging students to eat healthy, get active and have fun. Run by

the Royal Childrens Hospital Foundation.

Funding details

Duration 1 week in May each year

Location Queensland

Setting Schools and wider community

Target group Children and their families

Strategies Students set physical activity and healthy eating goals and ask people

to sponsor them to achieve these goals.

Evaluation

Source: Royal Childrens Hospital Foundation (2008).

Table B.20 Fitness Improvement and Lifestyle Awareness (FILA)

Program

Description School-based obesity prevention program aimed to increase

cardiorespiratory fitness, physical activity and healthy eating and

reduce small screen recreation in adolescent males with sub-optimal

cardiorespiratory fitness by using behavioural modification techniques.

Funding details

Duration 16 weeks in 2006, 6 months in 2007

Location Independent boys school in Sydney

Setting School

Target group Pilot RCT: Year 7 students

Strategies Pilot RCT: 1 60-minute curricular session and 2 20-minute lunchtime

physical activity sessions per week.

Evaluation See pilot RCT (appendix A, table A.8)

Source: Child Obesity Research Centre (?2009); Peralta, Jones and Okely (2009).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

135

Table B.21 Foodbank School Breakfast Program

Description Provides school students with breakfast at school with the aim of

improving the social determinants of health. Run by Foodbank WA.

Funding details

Duration 2001 onwards

Location Western Australia

Setting Schools

Target group School students

Strategies Provides students with breakfast at school.

Evaluation

Source: Foodbank WA (?2010).

Table B.22 Free Fruit Friday

Description Provides students in years prep–2 in government schools with free fruit

to encourage increased consumption. Under the ‘Go for your life’

banner.

Funding details

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Schools

Target group Students in grades prep–2

Strategies Provides students with free fruit.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Education and Early Childhood Development (Victoria) (2009b).

Table B.23 Fresh Tastes @ School – NSW Health School Canteen

Strategy

Description A school canteen strategy that is mandatory in all NSW Government

schools. Key partners include the Healthy Kids School Canteen

Association and The Federation of Parents and Citizens Association of

NSW.

Funding details NSW Department of Health: $62 500

Duration 2005 onwards

Location New South Wales

Setting Schools

Target group Students and canteen staff

Strategies Foods are classified into traffic light categories, which guide how often

those foods can be sold in canteens. There are also resources for

canteens to help with implementation, and fliers and newsletters aimed

at parents and children.

Evaluation

Source: NSW Department of Health (?2005, 2005).

136 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.24 Fruit ‘n’ Veg Week

Description Aims to increase consumption of fruit and vegetables by primary-school

students in Western Australia by increasing awareness and positive

perceptions of fruits and vegetables, increasing opportunities to

prepare and taste fruits and vegetables and incorporating a nutrition

program into the curriculum. Under the Go for 2&5 banner (table B.29).

Funding details

Duration 1 week a year since 1990

Location Western Australia

Setting Schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Consumption of fruits and vegetables is encouraged by various activities

run over the course of a week.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (Western Australia) (2009a).

Table B.25 Fun ‘n’ Healthy in Moreland

Description Primary schools implemented a range of whole-of-school strategies to

improve healthy eating, increase physical activity and improve

self-esteem by targeting the physical and social environment, school

policies, and programs. Under the ‘Go for your life’ banner, and part of

the Jack Brockhoff Child Health and Wellbeing Program (table B.41).

Funding details Moreland Community Health Service

Department of Education and Training (Victoria)

Department of Sport and Recreation (Victoria)

Department of Human Services (Victoria)

The Jack Brockhoff Foundation

Duration 5 years, 2005–2009

Location Moreland City Council area, Victoria

Setting Schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACAORN (2010); Merri Community Health Services (2009); The Jack Brockhoff Foundation (2009).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

137

Table B.26 Get Set 4 Life – Habits for Healthy Kids Guide

Description Guide is provided to parents of 4 year-old children who undergo the

Healthy Kids Check. It was developed by the CSIRO and provides

information on eating, exercise, oral health, speech and language, sun

protection, hygiene and sleep patterns.

Funding details Development of guide: Australian Government Department of Health

and Ageing 2008–09: $2.9m over 2 years

Duration 2008 onwards

Location Australia-wide

Setting Australia-wide

Target group 4 year-olds and their parents

Strategies The guide incorporates practical information for parents and carers of

children and animated illustrations for children.

Evaluation

Source: DoHA (2008a).

Table B.27 Get Up & Grow: Healthy Eating and Physical Activity

Guidelines for Early Childhood

Description Aim to improve healthy eating and physical activity in early childhood

settings. Developed by Early Childhood Australia, the Murdoch

Children’s Research Institute, the Royal Children’s Hospital Melbourne

and the Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing.

Funding details Australian Government: $4.5m over 5 years

Duration Released 22 October 2009

Location Australia-wide

Setting Community-wide

Target group Young children and their parents and carers

Strategies Guidelines consist of 4 books:

directors/coordinators book

staff/carers book

family book

cooking for children book.

There are also posters, stickers and brochures.

Evaluation

Source: DoHA (2009d); Early Childhood Australia (2009); Roxon (Minister for Health and Ageing) (2009).

138 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.28 Girls in sport

Description Aims to increased moderate to vigorous physical activity in adolescent

girls.

Funding details $300 000

Duration 2008–2010

Location New South Wales

Setting Schools and wider community

Target group Girls in years 8–10

Strategies Project focuses on factors that impact on physical activity, facilitation of

school and community initiatives, skill development, learning

opportunities, building local capacity and addressing barriers to girl’s

sport participation.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Department of Education and Training (New South Wales) (2007); University of Wollongong (2008).

Table B.29 Go for 2&5 Campaign

Description A social marketing campaign that aims to encourage children and their

parents to increase their consumption of fruits and vegetables. There

was a national campaign and each state and territory had their own

campaigns.

Funding details

Duration National and state campaigns were conducted at different times

Location Australia-wide

Setting Australia-wide

Target group Children and their parents

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, television commercials,

radio advertisements, shopping trolley and shopping centre

advertisements, and a campaign website.

Evaluation See national campaign (appendix A, table A.12)

Source: Go for 2&5 (nd).

Table B.30 Go4Fun

Description Aims to encourage children aged 7–13 and their parents to change

unhealthy lifestyle habits by providing advice on exercise, nutrition and

weight management skills.

Funding details $2m

Duration 10 week-long program, 2009 onwards

Location New South Wales

Setting Unknown

Target group 7–13 year-olds and their parents

Strategies Weekly sessions during the school term where they learn about food

groups, the causes of obesity, and tips on avoiding overeating. Practical

activities are also included.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: NSW Government (2010).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

139

Table B.31 GoNT

Description Promotes physical activity in the Northern Territory. It is a whole of

government and community initiative, monitored by the Chief Minister’s

Active Living Council.

Funding details

Duration 2007 onwards

Location Northern Territory

Setting Schools, workplaces and the wider community

Target group All people in the Northern Territory

Strategies Strategies have included, but are not limited to, a media campaign and

promoting physical activity in schools.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health and Community Services (Northern Territory) (2007); Department of Health and

Families (Northern Territory) (2008); goNT Secretariat (2008).

Table B.32 Good for Kids, Good for Life

Description Aims to increase healthy eating, physical activity and reduce sedentary

behaviours in children aged 0–15 years in the Hunter New England

Area of New South Wales.

Funding details $7.5m

Duration 2006–2010

Location Hunter New England Area of New South Wales

Setting Schools, child care, community organisations, health services and

Aboriginal communities

Target group 0–15 year-olds

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to: training for school and child

care staff regarding lunchboxes; menus; physical activity; working with

health care providers to identify at-risk children; working with sports

clubs to provide more physical activity opportunities; and a social

marketing campaign.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Hunter New England Area Health Service (?2006); NSW Department of Health (2005; 2007).

Table B.33 Growing Years Project

Description Nutrition and physical education program targeting mothers and their

infants.

Funding details Health Promotion Queensland (Queensland Health)

Duration 2005–2010

Location Gold Coast

Setting

Target group Mothers and their infants

Strategies

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACAORN (2010); Baillie and Hughes (2007).

140 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.34 Health Promoting Communities: Being Active Eating Well

Description This is a demonstration project implemented in 6 communities in

Victoria which aims to increase physical activity and improve diet.

Funding details Department of Health (Victoria)

Department of Planning and Community Development (Victoria)

Duration 2006–2010

Location Shire of Campaspe (Campaspe PCP)

Clayton South and public housing estates in the city of Bayside

(Kingston Bayside PCP)

Central Pakenham (South East Healthy Communities Partnership)

Shire of Southern Grampians (Southern Grampians & Glenelg PCP)

City of Maribyrnong (West Bay Alliance)

North Geelong (Wathaurong Aboriginal Co-operative)

Setting Community-wide

Target group 0–18 year-olds

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, incorporating healthy

messages and nutrition into school policies, educating children and

parents on healthy food, increasing availability of fruits and vegetables

and increasing the range of sports offered at schools.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Campaspe Primary Care Partnership (?2009); Department of Health (Victoria) (2009b).

Table B.35 Healthy Beginnings Study

Description Randomised controlled trial of a home visiting intervention for first time

mothers to influence behavioural risk factors for overweight and

obesity. Implemented in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas in

Sydney.

Funding details National Health and Medical Research Council (ID: 393112):

2006: $118 074

2007: $235 236

2008: $207 106

2009: $89 944

Duration 2007–2010

Location Sydney

Setting Homes

Target group First time mothers and children aged 0–2 years

Strategies Home visits by a nurse at the gestation age of 30–36 weeks and ages

1, 3, 5, 9, 12, 15 and 24 months, and telephone support.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: NHMRC (2009); Wen et al. (2007).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

141

Table B.36 Healthy Dads Healthy Kids

Description Aimed to help fathers demonstrate positive eating and physical activity

habits to their children, by helping the fathers to achieve sustained

weight loss.

Funding details Hunter Medical Research Institute

Duration 6 months

Location University of Newcastle

Setting University setting

Target group Overweight or obese fathers of 5–12 year-olds

Strategies 8 sessions are conducted with the fathers (some of these are also

attended by their children) where they are given information and

undertake activities with their children, that are designed to improve

fundamental movement skills.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Hunter Medical Research Institute (2008).

Table B.37 Healthy eating and obesity prevention for preschoolers: A

randomised controlled trial

Description Will evaluate the impact of a childhood obesity prevention intervention

for parents of preschool children.

Funding details Australian research council:

2010: $70 000

2011: $60 000

2012: $70 000

Duration

Location

Setting

Target group Preschool children and their parents

Strategies

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Australian Research Council (?2009a, ?2009b).

Table B.38 Healthy food and drink

Description Mandatory school canteen guidelines for Western Australia.

Funding details

Duration 2007 onwards

Location Western Australia

Setting Schools

Target group School children

Strategies Uses a traffic light system to decide what food can be sold in school

canteens.

Evaluation

Source: Healthy Kids Association (?2010a).

142 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.39 Healthy Kids Check

Description A basic health check available for all 4 year-old children to help ensure

they are healthy before they start school. It usually takes place through

local GPs and is funded by Medicare. Arrangements for follow-up are

put in place where problems are identified.

Funding details Australia Government Department of Health and Ageing 2008–09:

$25.6m over 4 years

Duration 2008 onwards

Location Australia-wide

Setting Generally at a GPs office

Target group 4 year-olds

Strategies 4 year-olds are given a basic health check.

Evaluation

Source: Australian Government (2008); DoHA (2008b).

Table B.40 It’s Your Move

Description Promoted healthy eating patterns and regular physical activity in 5

secondary schools and the wider Geelong community. It aimed to build

capacity of schools, families and the community to sustain the

promotion of physical activity and healthy eating.

Funding details Department of Human Services (Victoria)

National Health and Medical Research Council

Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing

VicHealth

Duration 3 years, 2005–2008

Location Geelong, Victoria

Setting Secondary schools

Target group 13–17 year-olds

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, social marketing,

newsletters, development of ‘Food @ School’ framework, new canteen

menu with ‘Traffic Light’ system.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: WHO Collaborating Centre for Obesity Prevention (2006; 2008a).

Table B.41 Jack Brockhoff Child Health and Wellbeing Program

Description Aims to help close the gap in child health inequalities by focusing on

primary health issues such as childhood obesity and poor dental health

in disadvantaged communities in Victoria. Launched by the University

of Melbourne and the Jack Brockhoff Foundation. Includes the Fun ‘n’

Healthy in Moreland intervention (table B.25).

Funding details The Jack Brockhoff Foundation: $5m

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Community-wide

Target group Children in disadvantaged communities

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: Sim-Jones (2008); The Jack Brockhoff Foundation (2009).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

143

Table B.42 Jump Start

Description A randomised controlled trial of a physical activity program for

preschool children targeting obesity prevention, physical activity and

fundamental movement skills mastery.

Funding details University of Wollongong, Faculty of Education grant: $7000

Duration 20 weeks in 2008

Location

Setting

Target group 3–5 year-olds

Strategies 3 fundamental movement skills and physical activity sessions were

conducted each week.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACAORN (2009); University of Wollongong (2008).

Table B.43 Just add fruit and veg

Description Resources that encourage people to add more fruits and vegetables to

their main meals. Developed by the Heart Foundation in Victoria and

the Melbourne wholesale fruit, vegetable and flower market. Under the

‘Go for your life’ banner.

Funding details

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Community-wide

Target group All Victorians

Strategies Recipes, posters and tip cards.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (Victoria) (2009c); National Heart Foundation of Australia (Victorian Division)

(2008).

Table B.44 Kids – ‘Go for your life’

Description A healthy eating and physical activity program run in primary-schools

and early childcare settings in Victoria. It is managed by Diabetes

Australia – Victoria and The Cancer Council Victoria.

Funding details Department of Human Services (Victoria)

The Cancer Council Victoria

Diabetes Australia – Victoria

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Primary-schools and early childhood services

Target group 0–12 year-olds

Strategies Uses awards to promote increased water consumption, reduced

sedentary behaviour, increased intake of fruits and vegetables,

increased physical activity, reduced intake of ‘sometimes’ food and

increased active transport to school.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Department of Health (Victoria) (2010b); Diabetes Australia – Victoria (2008); University of Melbourne

(2009).

144 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.45 Kids GP Campaign

Description Educates children, in the classroom, on healthy eating and physical

activity. Run by the Australian Medical Association Queensland.

Funding details Queensland Government: $300 000

Duration 2004 onwards

Location Queensland

Setting Schools

Target group School children

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, presentations given in

classrooms by GPs, activity sheets and guides for parents, factsheets

and recipes for parents and game ideas for kids.

Evaluation

Source: AMA Queensland (2007); Beattie (2006).

Table B.46 Live Fit

Description Aims to improve the health of families by focusing on physical activity,

nutritional guidance and psychological issues.

Funding details Australian Government

Duration 5 months, 2008 onwards

Location Western Australia

Setting Trinity College, East Perth

Target group Children and their families

Strategies 2 1-hour sessions each week include physical activity, nutritional

information (including reading food labels and spending food money

wisely), and psychological training (including individual consultation

with a nutritional psychologist).

Evaluation

Source: Live Fit (nd).

Table B.47 Live Life Well @ School

Description Series of professional learning workshops for staff in NSW Government

primary-schools, which focus on developing quality nutrition and

physical education programs for primary-school students. Joint initiative

between NSW Health and the Department of Education and Training

(New South Wales).

Funding details NSW Health: $6.5 million over 4 years

Duration 2008–2011

Location New South Wales

Setting Primary schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, 4 days of professional

learning workshops, newsletters, email groups, video conferencing and

network meetings.

Evaluation

Source: Healthy Kids (2008b); NSW Government (2007). NSW Department of Health (2008).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

145

Table B.48 Make Tracks to School

Description Encouraged children in years 5–7 and their families to walk or cycle to

school more often. Run by the Heart Foundation.

Funding details Healthway (Western Australian Health Promotion Foundation)

Department of Health (Western Australia)

Duration October-November 2008 and 2009

Location Western Australia

Setting Community-wide

Target group Children in years 5–7 and their families

Strategies Included, but was not limited to, a media campaign comprising of press

and radio advertising.

Evaluation

Source: National Heart Foundation of Australia (2010); WA Country Health Service (2008).

Table B.49 Many Rivers Diabetes Prevention Program

Description Aims to prevent diabetes and obesity in Indigenous young people in

Newcastle, Tarro and Kempsey.

Funding details NHMRC Strategic Award (351 204):

2005: $74 869

2006: $374 342

2007: $299 474

2008: $299 474

2009: $299 474

2010: $224 606

Duration 2005–2010

Location Newcastle, Tarro and Kempsey in New South Wales

Setting

Target group Indigenous young people

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: Hunter Medical Research Institute (2005); NHMRC (2009); NSW Centre for Overweight and Obesity

(2009).

Table B.50 Mend 2-4

Description Aims to prevent childhood obesity by supporting parents to establish

healthy behaviours and attitudes to diet and physical activity for

themselves and their children.

Funding details

Duration 10 weeks

Location Victoria

Setting Local community centres

Target group Children aged 2–4 years and their parents

Strategies 10-week healthy lifestyle program.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Deakin University (2010).

146 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.51 Move Well Eat Well

Description Promotes healthy eating and physical activity in primary-school children

and contributes to the prevention of a range of conditions such as

obesity, heart disease, diabetes, dental decay and some cancers. Run

by the Department of Health and Human Services (Tasmania) and the

Department of Education (Tasmania).

Funding details Australian Better Health Initiative

Duration

Location Tasmania

Setting Schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: Department of Education (Tasmania) (2010).

Table B.52 Munch and Move

Description A games-based program to promote physical activity, healthy eating,

and reduced screen-time in NSW preschoolers. A joint initiative

between the University of Sydney, the NSW Department of Health and

the NSW Department of Community Services.

Funding details Centre for Chronic Disease Prevention

Health Advancement (NSW Health)

Duration 2007–2009

Location New South Wales

Setting Preschools

Target group Preschool children

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, skill-based active play and

learning experiences for children, and parent-focused support

materials.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Healthy Kids (2008a); NSW Centre for Overweight and Obesity (2009).

Table B.53 NOURISH

Description A randomised controlled trial promoting feeding practices to support

healthy weight and growth in infants.

Funding details National Health and Medical Research Council (426 704):

2008: $1 166 954

2009: $292 284

Duration About 9 months

Location Brisbane and Adelaide

Setting Child health clinics

Target group First time mothers and their infants

Strategies Fortnightly sessions conducted by a dietician and a psychologist

focused on healthy eating, feeding relationships and healthy growth.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Daniels et al. (2009); NHMRC (2009).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

147

Table B.54 Nourish-the-FACTS

Description The ACT’s school guidelines covering best practice in food and

nutrition. Developed by ACT Health and the ACT Department of

Education and Training.

Funding details

Duration

Location ACT

Setting Schools

Target group School students

Strategies Guidelines cover nutrition, wellbeing, food safety, food in schools,

partnerships and healthy food practices.

Evaluation

Source: ACT Department of Education and Training (2007); ACT Health (2008).

Table B.55 Obesity Prevention and Lifestyle (OPAL)

Description Promotes good health in children and their families in 6 local council

areas in South Australia. Based of the French obesity prevention

initiative EPODE.

Funding details South Australian Government: $22.3m

Duration 5 years, 2009–2013

Location South Australia

Setting Schools and the wider community

Target group School students

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, banning junk food from public

school canteens, encouraging children to replace junk food and soft

drinks with water and fruit, introducing the Premier’s Be Active

Challenge, introducing Start Right Eat Right healthy food in childcare

centres (table B.67), recruiting healthy weight coordinators.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Hill (SA Minister for Health) and Lomax-Smith (SA Minister for Education) (2009); South Australian

Policy Online (2010).

Table B.56 Osborne Division of General Practice’s Obesity Program –

Healthy Families for Happy Futures

Description Promotes behaviour change in children and their families to tackle

obesity. Conducted by a clinical psychologist and an accredited

practicing dietician.

Funding details Australian Government 2008-09: $235 000

Duration 2005–2012 (at this stage)

Location Osborne, Western Australia

Setting

Target group 6–12 year-old children and their families

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, professional development for

GPs, talks by GPs in schools and family based workshops.

Evaluation

Source: Australian Government (2008); Osborne GP Network (nd); Western Australia General Practice

Network (?2008).

148 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.57 Parental Guidance Recommended Program

Description Aims to improve nutritional intake and physical activity of Western

Australian children aged 2–12 years, by training nurses and other

health professionals to run workshops for parents. Run by Cancer

Council WA.

Funding details Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing’s National

Child Nutrition Program

Duration

Location Western Australia

Setting Schools, childcare centres and other locations

Target group Parents and children

Strategies Workshops focus on nutritional needs, food labels, positive eating

behaviours, recipes and barriers to physical activity.

Evaluation

Source: Cancer Council Western Australia (2009).

Table B.58 Physical Activity and Nutrition out of School Hours

(PANOSH)

Description Series of 4 booklets to assist Outside School Hours Care services to

promote healthy food choices and physical activity. Developed by

Queensland Health.

Funding details

Duration

Location Queensland

Setting Out of school hours care

Target group Children and staff in out of school hours care

Strategies 4 booklets promoting food choices and physical activity:

Communicating with families

Culture food and physical activity

Food safety

Physical activity and nutrition policies

Evaluation Unable to locate evaluation

Source: Abbott et al. (2007); Queensland Health (2009b).

Table B.59 Physical Activity in Culturally and Linguistically Diverse

Communities

Description Aimed to improve physical activity-related variables in primary-school

students from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds.

Funding details

Duration

Location New South Wales

Setting Schools

Target group Children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds in years

1, 3 and 5

Strategies

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: NSW Centre for Overweight and Obesity (2009).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

149

Table B.60 Physical Activity Leaders Program

Description A cluster randomised controlled trial that provides adolescent boys with

the opportunity to become physical activity leaders in their schools and

homes.

Funding details

Duration Unknown

Location Unknown

Setting Schools

Target group Year 9 male students at an economically disadvantaged secondary

school

Strategies Includes health-related fitness activities, pedometers for

self-monitoring, interactive seminars and information for parents.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACAORN (2009).

Table B.61 Play5

Description Designed to support teachers, parents and community groups in

promoting physical activity in children. A randomised controlled trial,

evaluation of the program was conducted in 2005–2006.

Funding details Trial funded by the Telstra Foundation

Duration Trial: 2005–2006. Play5 resources still available

Location Trial: Western Australia

Setting Trial: Primary schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Children are supported to play 5 times a day to achieve sufficient daily

physical activity.

Evaluation Unable to locate evaluation

Source: Play5 (nd).

Table B.62 Premier’s Active Families Challenge

Description Encouraged families to spend time together while improving their

physical activity levels and health.

Funding details

Duration 8 March – 19 April 2009

Location Victoria

Setting Community-wide

Target group Families

Strategies Encouraged people to undertake 30 minutes of physical activity a day

for 30 days. Used incentives such as providing all registered families

with free YMCA passes, discounts at Rebel Sport stores and the

chance to win prizes.

Evaluation

Source: State Government of Victoria (2009).

150 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.63 Remote Indigenous Stores and Takeaways (RIST) Project

Description Aims to improve access to healthy foods in remote Indigenous

communities. It is overseen by the RIST steering committee and is

supported by the National Public Health Partnership.

Funding details South Australian, Western Australian, Northern Territory, Queensland,

New South Wales and Australian Government Health departments

Duration 2005–2008

Location Various states in Australia

Setting Remote Indigenous communities

Target group Indigenous people

Strategies A set of guidelines that promote access to healthy foods aimed at store

owners.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Australian Indigenous HealthInfoNet (2009); DoHA (2008c).

Table B.64 Right Bite

Description Canteen strategy that aims to assist schools in South Australia to

select food and drinks to promote health. It is based on the Dietary

Guidelines for Children and Adolescents in Australia and The

Australian Guide to Healthy Eating.

Funding details

Duration 2004 onwards

Location South Australia

Setting Schools and preschools

Target group School students and pre-school children

Strategies Uses a traffic light system to decide what food can be sold in school

canteens.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Education and Children’s Services (South Australia) (2009).

Table B.65 School’s Out – Open Playground Program

Description Provides communities with access to school facilities outside of school

hours.

Funding details

Duration

Location Queensland

Setting Schools

Target group

Strategies

Evaluation

Source: Queensland Government (2006).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

151

Table B.66 StarCAP & StarCAP2

Description Voluntary school canteen accreditation program consistent with the

Government Healthy Food and Drinks Policy. It is run by the Western

Australian School Canteen Association, Heart Foundation of Australia

(WA Division) and the Department of Health (Western Australia).

Funding details Healthway (Western Australian Health Promotion Foundation)

Australian Government Department of Health and Ageing

Duration 1999 onwards

Location Western Australia

Setting School canteens

Target group School children

Strategies Rewards schools that run healthy, profitable canteens. Staff are

required to attend training on the accreditation program.

Evaluation

Source: Western Australian School Canteen Association (?2009).

Table B.67 Start Right Eat Right award scheme

Description Promotes healthy eating and good nutrition in child care centres.

Managed by South Adelaide Health Service.

Funding details SA Health

Duration

Location South Australia

Setting Child care centres

Target group Child care children and staff

Strategies Strategies include training for child care centre staff, fact sheets,

newsletters, menus and recipes.

Evaluation

Source: Government of South Australia (2004).

Table B.68 Start Right Eat Right – Tasmania

Description Aims to improve the quality of food and nutrition practices in child care

centres in Tasmania. It is based on the Australian Dietary Guidelines

for Children and Adolescents and Caring for Children

recommendations. Joint initiative between Lady Gowrie and the

Community Nutrition Unit.

Funding details Telstra Foundation

Duration

Location Tasmania

Setting Child care centres

Target group Child care children and staff

Strategies Training for child care workers in topics such as nutrition, food safety

and meal time environment. Trained carers can then provide parents

with information on such topics as food allergies, how much food is

enough and label reading.

Evaluation

Source: Eat Well Tasmania (2009c); Lady Gowrie Child Centre (?2003).

152 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.69 Start Right Eat Right – Victoria

Description Aims to improve access to nutritious foods and encourage ageappropriate

eating patterns in child care centres in Victoria. It is a

partner initiative of Kids – ‘Go for your life’ (table B.44) under the ‘Go

for your life’ banner and is managed by Gowrie Victoria.

Funding details Department of Human Services (Victoria)

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Child care centre

Target group Child care children and staff

Strategies Provides training to child care staff by an experienced dietician.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Health (Victoria) (2009a); Gowrie Victoria (2009).

Table B.70 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden National Program

Description Aims to provide food education to primary-school students by

encouraging them to maintain a vegetable garden.

Funding details Australian Government: $12.8m over 4 years

Duration 2009 onwards

Location Australia-wide

Setting Schools

Target group Students in years 3–6

Strategies Students learn to grow vegetables as well as cooking and sharing food.

Evaluation See evaluation of Victorian program (appendix A, table A.23)

Source: Australian Government (2008; 2009); Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Foundation (?2009b).

Table B.71 Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Program – Victoria

Description Aims to provide food education to primary-school students by

encouraging them to maintain a vegetable garden. More recently

implemented by The Department of Education and Early Childhood

Development (Victoria) and the Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden

Foundation. Under the ‘Go for your life’ banner.

Funding details Victorian Government: $2.5m

Duration 2001 onwards

Location Victoria

Setting Schools

Target group Students in years 3–6

Strategies Students learn to grow vegetables as well as cooking and sharing food.

Evaluation See appendix A, table A.23

Source: Deakin University (2007); Department of Education and Early Childhood Development (Victoria)

(2009a); Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Foundation (?2009a).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

153

Table B.72 Streets Ahead

Description Aims to increase 4–12 year-olds physical activity by increasing their

active transport. Based on the Victorian Walking School Bus

intervention.

Funding details VicHealth: $1.7m over 3 years.

Duration July 2008–June 2011

Location 6 councils in Victoria:

Greater Bendigo City Council

Brimbank City Council

Cardinia Shire Council

Darebin City Council

City of Greater Geelong

City of Wodonga

Setting Communities

Target group 4–12 year-old children

Strategies

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: VicHealth (?2009a, 2008).

Table B.73 Talk about weight

Description Aims to educate concerned parents on topics to help them manage

their child’s weight.

Funding details

Duration 2 week program run at various times throughout the year

Location ACT

Setting Various locations including family centres

Target group Parents of 2–12 year-old children

Strategies 2 week program that covers healthy eating, physical activity and

dealing with weight issues.

Evaluation

Source: ACT Health (?2009b).

154 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.74 The Melbourne Infant Feeding Activity and Nutrition Trial

(InFANT) Program

Description Aims to develop positive diet and physical activity and reduce

sedentary behaviours in infancy. Delivered to first-time parents over the

first 18 months of the child’s life.

Funding details National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) (425 801):

2008: $171 150

2009: $366 489

2010: $163 970

Duration 18 months

Location Victoria

Setting Maternal and child health centres

Target group First-time parents and their infants

Strategies Group sessions delivered at 3 month intervals which will include the

use of group discussion and peer support, exploration of perceived

barriers, text messaging and mailouts.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Campbell et al. (2008); NHMRC (2009).

Table B.75 The Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative

Description Companies publicly commit to marketing to children under 12 years

only when it will promote healthy dietary choices and healthy lifestyle.

Joint initiative of the food industry and the advertising industry.

Funding details

Duration 1 January 2009 onwards

Location Australia-wide

Setting Television media

Target group Children under 12 years

Strategies Each participant develops an action plan that identifies how they will

meet the core principles of The Responsible Children’s Marketing

Initiative.

Evaluation

Source: Australian Food and Grocery Council (2008).

Table B.76 Time2bHealthy

Description An online program aimed at parents of overweight, or at risk of

becoming overweight, preschoolers promoting healthy, active lifestyles.

Funding details Australian Health Management: $77 000

Duration 2007 onwards

Location Australia-wide

Setting Homes

Target group Parents of preschoolers

Strategies A 9-week program with 5 modules focusing on meals, snacks, drinks,

physical activity and screen time. Includes a communication forum, a

weekly planner, and goal setter and review system.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: emlab (?2007); University of Wollongong (2007).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

155

Table B.77 Tooty Fruity Vegie in Preschools

Description Addressed diet, movement skills and overweight indicators in preschool

children in New South Wales.

Funding details The Australian Better Health Initiative

Duration 2006–2007

Location New South Wales

Setting Preschools

Target group Preschool children

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, displaying posters at

preschool, improving access to drinking water, workshops for parents

and a games-based fundamental movement skills program.

Evaluation Unable to locate evaluation

Source: Adams, Zask and Dietrich (2009).

Table B.78 Transferability of a Mainstream Childhood Obesity

Prevention Program to Aboriginal People

Description Investigating the effectiveness of South Australia’s Eat Well Be Active

(table B.13), a community-based physical activity and nutrition

intervention for Indigenous people.

Funding details SA Health

Duration 2008–2011

Location Murray Bridge and Morphett Vale, South Australia

Setting

Target group Indigenous children and their families

Strategies Eat Well Be Active strategies.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: Cooperative Research Centre for Aboriginal Health (2009).

Table B.79 TravelSMART Schools

Description Aimed to encourage active transport in primary-school students. Piloted

in Victoria.

Funding details

Duration

Location Victoria

Setting Primary-schools and routes children travel to school

Target group Children in years 5–6

Strategies Strategies included, but were not limited to, information sessions about

the program, professional development program for teachers,

classroom activities, bike servicing, and promotion of the program

through the local community.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Human Services (Victoria) (2006).

156 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.80 Tuckatalk

Description School newsletters aimed at parents that provide information on

nutrition. Partnership between ACT Health and the Department of

Education (ACT).

Funding details

Duration 3 years from 2005

Location ACT

Setting Schools and homes

Target group Parents of school children

Strategies Newsletters with information about nutrition.

Evaluation

Source: ACT Health (2007b); National Obesity Taskforce (2005).

Table B.81 Unplug and Play

Description Aims to increase parents’ awareness of the need for children to spend

less time in small screen recreation and more time in active play.

Implemented by the Heart Foundation in partnership with the Cancer

Council WA and Diabetes WA.

Funding details Department of Health (Western Australia)

Duration 2008–?

Location Western Australia

Setting Homes

Target group Parents and their children

Strategies Strategies included giving parents ideas for active play, encouraging

parents to tally how much time children spend using electronic

entertainment and encouraging families to have an electronic

entertainment family agreement.

Evaluation

Source: National Heart Foundation of Australia (2008; 2009b).

Table B.82 WA Healthy Schools Project

Description Healthy School Coordinators work with at-risk schools to implement

best practice nutrition and physical activity initiatives. Coordinated by

Child and Adolescent Community Health and the WA Country Health

Service.

Funding details Australian Better Health Initiative

Duration 2007–2010

Location Western Australia

Setting Schools

Target group Children at schools most at risk of poor health outcomes

Strategies Strategies include, but are not limited to, incorporating physical activity

and healthy eating into school policies and facilitating school and

community-based activities.

Evaluation

Source: Department of Education (Western Australia) (2010); Department of Health (Western Australia)

(2009b, nd).

OTHER AUSTRALIAN

INTERVENTIONS

157

Table B.83 Walktober Walk-to-School

Description Aims to highlight the social and broader health benefits of walking by

encouraging students to walk to school. Developed by Kinect Australia

and VicHealth.

Funding details

Duration 1 day in October each year

Location Victoria

Setting Community-wide

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Encourages schools to organise a walk to school day with prizes for

individuals and schools.

Evaluation

Source: VicHealth (?2009b); Walktober (?2009).

Table B.84 Walk safely to school day

Description Walk Safely to School Day is an annual, national event to raise

awareness of the benefits of physical activity, in particular walking and

other forms of active transport, and to encourage primary-school

students to walk safely to school.

Funding details Multiple funding sources

Duration Australia-wide since 2004

Location Australia-wide

Setting Primary schools

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies Media and PR activities to promote the event and dissemination of

promotional materials to schools.

Evaluation See evaluation of the New South Wales Walk Safely to School Day

(appendix A, table A.16)

Source: DoHA, pers. comm., 26 March 2010.

158 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Table B.85 Walking School Bus

Description Encourages children to walk to school with parent volunteers by using

a ‘Walking School Bus’.

Funding details ACT: ACT Health Promotion Grants Program:

2008-09: $85 000

2009-10: $87 530

2010-11: $90 156

Victoria: VicHealth: $200 000

Duration Different states started at different times

Location ACT, Northern Territory, South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania and

Western Australia

Setting Routes children walk to school

Target group Primary-school students

Strategies The ‘Walking School Bus’ has 2 parent volunteers who pick up children

along a specific route and walk them to school. In addition to this, there

are special walking events throughout the year and a newsletter.

Evaluation

Source: ACT Health (?2008; 2008); TravelSmart (2007); VicHealth (2001).

Table B.86 Wollongong Sport Program

Description A randomised controlled trial evaluating the effectiveness of a sports

program in preventing unhealthy weight gain and promoting physical

activity in prepubescent children.

Funding details

Duration 30 weeks

Location Illawarra, New South Wales

Setting School

Target group 8–11 year-olds

Strategies The program will run twice a week for 2 hours and will include

homework club, healthy afternoon snacks and moderate-to-vigorous

physical activity.

Evaluation Evaluation planned

Source: ACAORN (2009).

REFERENCES 159

References

Abbott, R.A. and Davies, P.S.W. 2004, ‘Habitual physical activity and physical

activity intensity: their relation to body composition in 5.0-10.5-y-old children’,

European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 58, no. 2, pp. 285–91.

——, Macdonald, D., Mackinnon, L., Stubbs, C.O., Lee, A.J., Harper, C., Davies,

P.S.W. 2007, Healthy Kids Queensland Survey 2006 — Summary Report,

Queensland Health, Brisbane, www.health.qld.gov.au/ph/documents/hpu/

32848.pdf (accessed 2 February 2009).

ABS (Australian Bureau of Statistics) 1997, National Nutrition Survey, Selected

Highlights, Australia 1995, Cat. no. 4802.0, Canberra.

—— 2000, Apparent Consumption of Foodstuffs, Cat. no. 4306.0, Canberra,

www.ausstats.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/subscriber.nsf/0/3CDE7A3E9BEF68F3CA25

6982007E8CD6/$File/43060_1997-98%20and%201998-99.pdf (accessed

21 October 2009).

—— 2006a, Children’s Participation in Cultural and Leisure Activities,

Cat. no. 4901.0, Canberra, www.ausstats.abs.gov.au/ausstats/subscriber.nsf/

0/4767CFCBCB66F4DECA2572440078021A/$File/49010_apr%202006.pdf

(accessed 29 June 2009).

—— 2006b, National Aboriginal and Torres Straight Islander Health Survey

2004-05, Cat no. 4715.0, Canberra, www.ausstats.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/

subscriber.nsf/0/B1BCF4E6DD320A0BCA25714C001822BC/$File/47150_200

4-05.pdf (accessed 25 January 2010).

—— 2009a, 2007-08 National Health Survey: Summary of Results, Cat. no. 4364.0,

Canberra, www.ausstats.abs.gov.au/ausstats/subscriber.nsf/0/48061B1C977096

A6CA2575B000139E2D/$File/43640_2007-08.pdf (accessed 11 May 2009).

—— 2009b, ‘Children who are overweight or obese’, Australian Social Trends,

September 2009, Cat. no. 4102.0, Canberra, www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/

abs@.nsf/Lookup/4102.0Main+Features20Sep+2009 (accessed 1 October 2009).

—— 2009c, National Health Survey 2007-08: User’s Guide, Cat.

no. 4363.0.55.001, Canberra, www.ausstats.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/subscriber.nsf/

0/CC0FB5A08570984ECA25762E0017CF2B/$File/4363055001_2007-08.pdf

(accessed 1 October 2009).

160 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

ACAORN (Australasian Child and Adolescent Obesity Research Network) 2009,

Australasian studies regarding prevention of child and adolescent obesity,

www.acaorn.med.usyd.edu.au/streams/prevention/studies/index.php (accessed 2

February 2010).

—— 2010, Current Projects: Obesity Prevention, sydney.edu.au/medicine/acaorn/

research/currentprojects/obesity.php (accessed 18 June 2010).

Access Economics 2006, The Economic Costs of Obesity, Report to Diabetes

Australia, Canberra, www.accesseconomics.com.au/publicationsreports/

showreport.php?id=102&searchfor=2006&searchby=year (accessed 2 February

2009).

—— 2008, The Growing Cost of Obesity in 2008: Three Years On, Canberra,

www.accesseconomics.com.au/publicationsreports/showreport.php?

id=172&searchfor=2008&searchby=year (accessed 2 February 2009).

ACT Department of Education and Training 2007, Nourish the Facts: The Food in

ACT Schools Guidelines, Canberra, www.health.act.gov.au/c/

health?a=dlpol&policy=1189990348&did=10107160&sid= (accessed 8

February 2010).

ACT Government and the National Heart Foundation ACT ?2007, Kids at Play –

Active Play and Eating Well Project Introduction, www.tams.act.gov.au/__data/

assets/pdf_file/0008/118466/Kids_at_Play_-_project_introduction.pdf (accessed

5 February 2010).

—— 2007, ACT Early Childhood Active Play and Eating Well Project: Project

Summary – October 2007, www.tams.act.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/

57821/Project_Summary_23Oct07_v2.pdf (accessed 5 February 2010).

ACT Health ?2008, 2008/09 Community Funding Round Successful Applicant

Project Descriptions, www.health.act.gov.au/c/health?a=sendfile&ft=p&fid=-

1849311274&sid= (accessed 2 February 2010).

—— ?2009a, Programs and Activities,

www.healthpromotion.act.gov.au/c/hp?a=da&did=1018600&sc=list&list=all

(accessed 18 June 2010).

—— ?2009b, Talk about weight, www.health.act.gov.au/c/

health?a=sp&pid=1188174343 (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2007a, Annual Report 2006-07, Canberra, www.health.act.gov.au/c/

health?a=sendfile&ft=p&fid=1191371180&sid= (accessed 2 March 2009).

—— 2007b, Nutrition Resources for School Parent Groups,

www.health.act.gov.au/c/health?a=sendfile&ft=p&fid=616375478&sid=

(accessed 2 February 2010).

REFERENCES 161

—— 2008, ACT Health Submission to Commonwealth Parliamentary Inquiry into

Obesity in Australia, www.aph.gov.au/house/committee/haa/obesity/subs/

sub028.pdf (accessed 2 February 2010).

Adams, J., Pettitt, J. and Newell, S. 2004, Tooty Fruity Vegie Project: Final Report

to National Child Nutrition Program Phase 2 (2002-2003), Health Promotion

Unit, Northern Rivers Area Health Service. www.ncahs.nsw.gov.au/docs/

tooty_fruity/evaluation/TFV_Phase2.pdf (accessed 15 April 2009).

——, Zask, A. and Dietrich, U. 2009, ‘Tooty Fruity Vegie in Preschools: an obesity

prevention intervention in preschools targeting children’s movement skills and

eating behaviours’, Health Promotion Journal of Australia, vol. 20, no. 2,

pp. 112–19.

AFGC (Australian Food and Grocery Council) 2009, The Responsible Children’s

Marketing Initiative of the Australian Food and Beverage Industry,

www.adstandards.com.au/pages/images/Responsible%20Marketing%20to%20C

hildren%20.pdf (accessed 24 June 2010).

—— 2010, The Responsible Children’s Marketing Initiative,

www.afgc.org.au/industry-codes/advertising-kids.html (accessed 24 June 2010).

AIHW (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare) 2006a, Australia’s Health 2006,

Cat. no. AUS 73, Canberra, www.aihw.gov.au/publications/aus/ah06/ah06.pdf

(accessed 30 January 2009).

—— 2006b, Early Learnings, Telstra Foundation Research Report vol. 3, prepared

for the Telstra Foundation, www.telstrafoundation.com.au/dir148/tfweb.nsf/

newsandresources/earlylearningsresearchreportvolume032006/$FILE/EL%20Ch

ildhood%20Obesity%20Report.pdf (accessed 25 November 2010).

Air France 2010, Passengers with a high body mass, www.airfrance.com/AU/en/

common/guidevoyageur/assistance/particuliere_pfc.htm (accessed 23 June

2010).

Alberti, G., Zimmet, P., Shaw, J., Bloomgarden, Z., Kaufman, F. and Silink, M.

2004, ‘Type 2 Diabetes in the Young: The Evolving Epidemic’, Diabetes Care,

vol. 27, no. 7, pp. 1798–811.

AMA Queensland 2007, Kids GP: ABCs of Healthy Living, www.kidsgp.com.au

(accessed 4 February 2010).

Ammerman, A.S., Lindquist, C.H., Lohr, K.N. and Hersey, J. 2002, ‘The Efficacy

of Behavioural Interventions to Modify Dietary Fat and Fruit and Vegetable

Intake: A Review of the Evidence’, Preventative Medicine, vol. 35, no. 1,

pp. 25–41.

162 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Anderson, P.M., Butcher, K.F. and Levine, P.B. 2003, ‘Maternal employment and

overweight children’, Journal of Health Economics, vol. 22, no. 3, pp. 477–504.

Ariely, D. 2000, ‘Controlling the Information Flow: Effects on Consumers’

Decision Making and Preferences’, Journal of Consumer Research, vol. 27,

no. 2, pp. 233–48.

Australian Food and Grocery Council 2008, Submission to the National

Preventative Health Taskforce in response to: Australia: The Healthiest Country

by 2020, A Discussion Paper and Technical Report No. 1, Obesity in Australia:

A need for urgent action, www.preventativehealth.org.au/internet/

preventativehealth/publishing.nsf/Content/submissions-public-cnt-a-

2/$File/D166-2008.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

Australian Government 2007, Best Practice Regulation Handbook, Canberra.

—— 2008, Budget: Budget Measures, Canberra, www.budget.gov.au/2008-

09/content/bp2/download/bp2.pdf (accessed 3 February 2010).

—— 2009, Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden National Program,

www.healthyactive.gov.au/internet/healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/kitchen

-garden (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2010, Taking Preventative Action: A Response to Australia — The Healthiest

Country by 2020 — The Report of the National Preventative Health Taskforce,

Canberra, yourhealth.gov.au/internet/yourhealth/publishing.nsf/Content/reportpreventativehealthcare/$

File/PHS-Foreword-Case.pdf (accessed 9 June 2010).

Australian Indigenous HealthInfoNet 2009, Remote Indigenous Stores and

Takeaways Project, www.healthinfonet.ecu.edu.au/health-risks/nutrition/

resources/rist (accessed 11 March 2010).

Australian Research Council ?2009a, Examples of new Linkage Projects in 2010,

www.arc.gov.au/pdf/grants10/LP10_SBE_examples.pdf (accessed 11 March

2010).

—— ?2009b, Summary of Successful Linkage – Project Proposals for Funding to

Commence in 2010 by State and Organisation, www.arc.gov.au/pdf/

grants10/LP2010R1_Deakin.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

Australian Sports Commission 2008, An Interim Report of the Evaluation of the

Australian Sports Commission’s Active After-School Communities Program

2005–2007, www.ausport.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/254519/

AASC_Interim_evaluation_report.pdf (accessed 2 December 2009).

REFERENCES 163

Baillie, L. and Hughes, R. 2007, ‘Capacity building as a core strategy in

community-level public health nutrition intervention: The Growing Years

Project as a case study’, Nutrition and Dietetics, vol. 64, supplement 1,

pp. S1–48.

Ball, E.J., O’Connor, J., Abbott, R., Steinbeck, K.S., Davies, P.S.W., Wishart, C.,

Gaskin, K.J. and Baur, L.A. 2001, ‘Total energy expenditure, body fatness, and

physical activity in children aged 6-9y’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,

vol. 74, no. 4, pp. 524–28.

Ball, K. and Crawford, D. 2005, ‘Socioeconomic status and weight gain in adults: a

review’, Social Science & Medicine, vol. 60, no. 9, pp. 1987–2010.

——, Cleland, V.J., Timperio, A.F., Salmon, J. and Crawford, D.A. 2009,

‘Socioeconomic Position and Children’s Physical Activity and Sedentary

Behaviours: Longitudinal Findings From the CLAN Study’, Journal of Physical

Activity and Health, vol. 6, no. 3, pp. 289–98.

——, Timperio, A.F. and Crawford, D.A. 2006, ‘Understanding environmental

influences on nutrition and physical activity behaviors: where should we look

and what would we count?’, International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and

Physical Activity, vol. 3. www.ijbnpa.org/content/pdf/1479-5868-3-33.pdf

(assessed 26 May 2010).

Baranowski, T., Baranowski, J.C., Cullen, K.W., Thompson, D.I., Nicklas, T.,

Zakeri, I.E., Rochon, J. 2003, ‘The Fun, Food, and Fitness Project (FFFP): the

Baylor GEMS pilot study’, Ethnicity and Disease, vol. 13, supplement no. 1,

pp. S30–9.

Barnett, L.M., van Beurden E., Morgan, P.J., Brooks, L.O., Zask, A. and Beard, J.R.

2009, ‘Six year follow-up of students who participated in a school based

physical activity intervention: a longitudinal cohort study’, International Journal

of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, vol. 6, www.ijbnpa.org/content/

pdf/1479-5868-6-48.pdf (accessed 27 May 2010).

Baur, L.A. and O’Connor, J. 2004, ‘Special Considerations in Childhood and

Adolescent Obesity’, Clinics in Dermatology, vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 338–44.

Beattie, P. (Premier of Queensland) 2006, Clear vision and way forward in fight

against obesity, Media release, 4 May.

Becker, G.S. and Murphy, K.M. 1988, ‘A theory of Rational Addiction’, Journal of

Political Economy, vol. 96, no. 4, pp. 675–700.

164 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Beech, B.M., Klesges, R.C., Kumanyika, S.K., Murray, D.M., Klesges, L.,

McClanahan, B., Slawson, D., Nunnally, C., Rochon, J. ,McLain-Allen, B.,

Pree-Cary, J. 2003, ‘Child- and parent-targeted interventions: the Memphis

GEMS pilot study’, Ethnicity and Disease, vol. 13, supplement no. 1,

pp. S40–53.

Begg, S., Vos T., Barker B., Stevenson C., Stanley L., Lopez A.D. 2007, The

Burden of Disease and Injury in Australia 2003, Cat. no. PHE 82, AIHW,

Canberra.

Bell, A.C. 2008, Community-based Obesity Prevention Programs in Australia –

What is Happening and Where?, www.deakin.edu.au/hmnbs/who-obesity/

conferences/past/symposium/papers/bell-obesity-prevent-aus.pdf (accessed 8

December 2009).

——, Simmons, A., Sanigorski, A.M., Kremer, P.J. and Swinburn, B.A. 2008,

‘Preventing childhood obesity: the sentinel site for obesity prevention in

Victoria, Australia’, Health Promotion International, vol. 23, no. 4, pp. 328–36.

Bertrand, M. and Schanzenbach, D.W. 2009, ‘Time use and food consumption’,

American Economic Review, vol. 99, no. 2, pp. 170–6.

Bhattacharya, J. and Sood, N. 2005, Health Insurance and the Obesity Externality,

NBER Working Paper, no. 11529, National Bureau of Economic Research,

www.nber.org/papers/w11529 (accessed 2 September 2009).

Birch, L.L. and Fisher, J.O. 2000, ‘Mother’s Child-Feeding Practices Influence

Daughters’ Eating and Weight’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 71,

no. 5, pp. 1054–61. Blair, S.N. and Brodney, S. 1999, ‘Effects of physical

inactivity and obesity on morbidity and mortality: current evidence and research

issues’, Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, vol. 31, no. 11, pp. S646.

Blair, S.N. and Church, T.S. 2004, ‘The Fitness, Obesity, and Health Equation: Is

Physical Activity the Common Denominator?’, JAMA, vol. 292, no. 10,

pp. 1232–4.

Bogaert, N., Steinbeck, K.S., Baur, L.A., Brock, K. and Bermingham, M.A. 2003,

‘Food, activity and family – environmental vs biochemical predictors of weight

gain in children’, European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 57, no. 10,

pp. 1242–9.

Bohanon, C.T. 1985, ‘Externalities: A note on avoiding confusion’, The Journal of

Economic Education, Fall, pp. 305–7.

Bollinger, B., Leslie, P. and Sorensen, A. 2010, Calorie Posting in Chain

Restaurants, NBER Working Paper 15648, www.nber.org/papers/w15648

(accessed 17 May 2010).

REFERENCES 165

Booth, M., Okely, A.D., Denney-Wilson, E., Hardy, L., Yang, B. and Dobbins, T.

2006, NSW Schools Physical Activity and Nutrition Survey (SPANS) 2004:

Summary Report, NSW Department of Health, Sydney, www.health.nsw.gov.au/

pubs/2006/pdf/spans_report.pdf (accessed 2 February 2009).

Booth, M.L., Wake, M., Armstrong, T., Chey, T., Hesketh, K. and Mathur, S. 2001,

‘The epidemiology of overweight and obesity among Australian children and

adolescents, 1995-1997’, Health Promotion, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 162–69.

Borghans, L. and Golsteyn, B.H.H. 2006, ‘Time discounting and the body mass

index: Evidence from the Netherlands’, Economics and Human Biology, vol. 4,

no. 1, pp. 39–61, arno.unimaas.nl/show.cgi?fid=9537 (accessed 15 July 2009).

Borys, J-M. 2008, EPODE: A Methodology to Prevent Childhood Obesity,

involving Local Stakeholders in a Sustainable Way, www.health.sa.gov.au/pehs/

branches/health-promotion/EPODE_APR_08.pdf (accessed 22 September 2009).

Brand, J.E. 2007, Television Advertising to Children: A Review of Contemporary

Research on the Influence of Television Advertising Directed to Children, Paper

prepared for the Australian Communications and Media Authority, Australian

Communications and Media Authority, Melbourne.

Brown, J.E., Broom, D.H., Nicholson, J.M., Bittman, M. 2010, ‘Do working

mothers raise couch potato kids? Maternal employment and children’s lifestyle

behaviours and weight in early childhood’, Social Science and Medicine, vol. 70,

no. 11, pp. 1816–24.

Burke, V., Beilin, L.J. and Dunbar, D. 2001, ‘Family lifestyle and parental body

mass index as predictors of body mass index in Australian children: a

longitudinal study’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 25, no. 2, pp. 147–57.

——, Milligan, R.A.K., Thompson, C., Taggart, A.C., Dunbar, D.L., Spencer, M.J.,

Medland, A., Gracey, M.P., Vandongen R. and Beilin L.J. 1998, ‘A controlled

trial of health promotion programs in 11-year-olds using physical activity

“enrichment” for higher risk children’, The Journal of Pediatrics, vol. 132, no. 5,

pp. 840–8.

Caballero, B., Clay, T., Davis, S. M., Ethelbah, B., Rock, B. H., Lohman, T.,

Norman, J., Story, M., Stone, E. J., Stephenson, L., Stevens, J. 2003, ‘Pathways:

a school-based, randomized controlled trial for the prevention of obesity in

American Indian schoolchildren’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,

vol. 78, no. 5, pp. 1030–8.

Campaspe Primary Care Partnership ?2009, b ur best,

www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/admin.nsf/Images/campaspe_summary_Sep0

9.pdf/$File/campaspe_summary_Sep09.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

166 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Campbell, K. and Hesketh, K. 2007, ‘Strategies which aim to positively impact on

weight, physical activity, diet and sedentary behaviours in children from zero to

five years. A systematic review of the literature’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 8, no. 4,

pp. 327–38.

——, ——, Crawford, D., Salmon, J., Ball, K. and McCallum, Z. 2008, ‘The Infant

Feeding Activity and Nutrition Trial (INFANT): an early intervention to prevent

childhood obesity: Cluster-randomised controlled trial’, BMC Public Health,

vol. 8, www.biomedcentral.com/1471-2458/8/103 (accessed 18 March 2010).

Cancer Council Tasmania 2008, Tasmanian Community Fund Final Project Report

Summary — Wicked Vegies — Wicked Vegies Project 2006-2007, The Cancer

Council Tasmania, Hobart, July, www.cancertas.org.au/wv/

TCF2008FinalReportSummaryJuly08.pdf (accessed 15 February 2010).

Cancer Council Western Australia 2009, Parental Guidance Recommended (PGR)

Program, www.cancerwa.asn.au/prevention/nutrition/pgr/ (accessed 3 February

2010).

Caraher, M. and Cowburn, G. 2005, ‘Taxing food: implications for public health

nutrition’, Public Health Nutrition, no. 8, vol. 8, pp. 1242–9.

Carter, O.B.J. 2006, ‘The weighty issue of Australian television food advertising

and childhood obesity’, Health Promotion Journal of Australia, vol. 17, no. 1,

pp. 5–11.

Cass, Y. and Price, P. 2003, ‘Moorefit – increasing physical activity in adolescent

girls using the Health Promoting Schools framework’, Health Promotion

Journal of Australia, vol. 14, no. 3, pp. 159–64.

Cawley, J. 2007, ‘The economics of childhood obesity policy’, in Acs, Z.J. and

Lyles, A. (eds), Obesity, Business and Public Policy, Edward Elgar, UK,

pp. 27–56.

Chapman, K., Nicholas, P. and Supramaniam, R. 2006, ‘How much food

advertising is there on Australian television?’, Health Promotion International,

vol. 21, no. 3, pp. 172–80.

Child Obesity Research Centre ?2009, Research Projects, www.uow.edu.au/educ/

research/CORe/projects.html#fila (accessed 5 February 2010).

Chou, S., Grossman, M. and Saffer, H. 2004, ‘An economic analysis of adult

obesity: results from the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System’, Journal

of Health Economics, vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 565–87, www.lehigh.edu/~syc2/pub/

jhe2004.pdf (accessed 7 July 2009).

REFERENCES 167

Chouinard, H.H., LaFrance, J.T., Davis, D.E. and Perloff, J.M. 2007, ‘Fat Taxes:

Big Money for Small Change’, Forum for Health Economics & Policy, vol. 10,

no. 2, pp. 1–28.

Cleland, V., Crawford, D., Baur, L.A., Hume, C., Timperio, A. and Salmon, J.

2008, ‘A prospective examination of children’s time spent outdoors, objectively

measured physical activity and overweight’, International Journal of Obesity,

vol. 32, no. 11, pp. 1685–93.

——, Dwyer, T., Blizzard, L. and Venn, A. 2008, ‘The provision of compulsory

school physical activity: Associations with physical activity, fitness and

overweight in childhood and twenty years later’, International Journal of

Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, vol. 5, www.ijbnpa.org/content/pdf/

1479-5868-5-14.pdf (accessed 5 February 2010).

——, Hume, C., Crawford, D., Timperio, A., Hesketh, K., Baur, L., Welch, N.,

Salmon, J. and Ball, K. 2010, ‘Urban-rural comparison of weight status among

women and children living in socioeconomically disadvantaged

neighbourhoods’, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 192, no. 3, pp. 137–40.

Colagiuri, S., Lee, C.M.Y., Colagiuri, R., Magliano, D., Shaw, J.D., Zimmet, P.Z.

and Caterson, I. 2010, ‘The cost of overweight and obesity in Australia’,

Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 192, no. 5, pp. 260–4,

www.mja.com.au/public/issues/192_05_010310/col10841_fm.html (accessed

3 March 2010).

Cole, T.J., Bellizzi, M.C., Flegal, K.M. and Dietz, W.H. 2000, ‘Establishing a

standard definition for child overweight and obesity worldwide: international

survey’, British Medical Journal, vol. 320, no. 7244, pp. 1240–3.

——, Flegal, K.M., Nicholls, D. and Jackson, A.A. 2007, ‘Body mass index cut offs

to define thinness in children and adolescents: international survey’, British

Medical Journal, vol. 335, no. 7612, pp. 194–201.

Cook, T., Rutishauser, I. and Seelig, M. 2001, Comparable data on food and

nutrition intake and physical measurements from the 1983, 1985 and 1995

national nutrition surveys, Australian Food and Nutrition Monitoring Unit,

Brisbane, www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/

6A40E29D690738DECA25725F00810008/$File/nutrient.pdf (accessed 29 June

2009).

Cooperative Research Centre for Aboriginal Health 2009, Transferability of a

Mainstream Childhood Obesity Prevention Program to Aboriginal People,

www.crcah.org.au/research/transferability_of_childhood_obesity_program.html

(accessed 3 February 2010).

168 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Crawford, D. 2002, ‘Population strategies to prevent obesity’, British Medical

Journal, vol. 325, no. 7367, pp. 757.

Crawford, D.A., Timperio, A.F., Salmon, J.A., Baur, L., Giles-Corti, B., Roberts,

R.J., Jackson, M.L., Adrianopoulos, N. and Ball, K. 2008, ‘Neighbourhood fast

food outlets and obesity in children and adults: the CLAN study’, International

Journal of Pediatric Obesity, vol. 3, no. supplement 4, pp. 249–56.

CSIRO (Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation) 2009, The

CSIRO Wellbeing Plan for Kids, www.csiro.au/science/WellbeingPlanForKids--

ci_pageNo-1.html (accessed 5 February 2010).

—— and University of South Australia 2008a, 2007 Australian National Children’s

Nutrition and Physical Activity Survey – Main Findings, Department of Health

and Ageing, Canberra, www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/

66596E8FC68FD1A3CA2574D50027DB86/$File/childrens-nut-physsurvey.

pdf (accessed 30 January 2009).

—— and —— 2008b, User Guide: 2007 Australian National Children’s Nutrition

and Physical Activity Survey, Department of Health and Ageing, Canberra,

www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/AC3F256C715674D5

CA2574D60000237D/$File/user-guide-v2.pdf (accessed 25 February 2009).

Currie, J. and Hotz, V. J. 2004, ‘Accidents Will Happen? Unintentional Childhood

Injuries and the Effects of Child Care Regulations’, Journal of Health

Economics, vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 25–59.

Cutler, D.M., Glaeser, E.L. and Shapiro, J.M. 2003, ‘Why have Americans become

more obese?’, Journal of Economic Perspectives, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 93–118,

faculty.chicagobooth.edu/jesse.shapiro/research/obesity.pdf (accessed 16 June

2009).

Daniels, L.A., Magarey, A., Battistutta, D., Nicholson, J.M., Farrell, A., Davidson,

G. and Cleghorn, G. 2009, ‘The NOURISH randomised control trial: Positive

feeding practices and food preferences in early childhood – a primary prevention

program for childhood obesity’, BMC Public Health, vol. 9,

www.biomedcentral.com/content/pdf/1471-2458-9-387.pdf (accessed 18 March

2010).

Davison, K.K. and Birch, L.L. 2001, ‘Childhood overweight: a contextual model

and recommendations for future research’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 2, no. 3,

pp. 159–71.

—— and Lawson, C.T. 2006, ‘Do attributes in the physical environment influence

children’s physical activity?’, International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and

Physical Activity, vol. 3, www.ijbnpa.org/content/pdf/1479-5868-3-19.pdf

(accessed 26 May 2010).

REFERENCES 169

de Silva-Sanigorski, D., Boak, R., Kremer, P. and Swinburn, B. 2009, Outcome and

Impact Evaluation of Romp & Chomp: Preliminary Findings – Summary Report,

WHO Collaborating Centre for Obesity Prevention, Deakin University,

www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/admin.nsf/Images/Romp_and_Chomp_Sum

mary_report_16Oct09.pdf/$File/Romp_and_Chomp_Summary_report_16Oct09.

pdf (accessed 27 January 2010).

Deakin University 2007, Food for thought as Deakin assesses Kitchen Garden

Project, www.deakin.edu.au/research/stories/2007/02/28/food-for-thought-asdeakin-

assesses-kitchen-garden-project (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2010, New program takes family approach to combating childhood obesity,

www.deakin.edu.au/news/2010/020610childobesity.php (accessed 18 June

2010).

Dennison, B.A., Russo, T.J., Burdick, P.A., Jenkins, P.L. 2004, ‘An intervention to

reduce television viewing by preschool children’, Archives of Pediatrics &

Adolescent Medicine, vol. 158, no. 2, pp. 170–6.

Department of Education (Tasmania) 2008, Cool Canteen Accreditation Program

(Cool CAP), www.education.tas.gov.au/school/health/wellbeing/

canteenhandbook/coolcap (accessed 5 February 2010).

—— 2010, Move Well Eat Well, www.education.tas.gov.au/movewelleatwell/home

(accessed 3 February 2010).

Department of Education (Western Australia) 2010, Community Programs and

Events, www.det.wa.edu.au/curriculumsupport/physicalactivity/detcms/

navigation/community-programs-and-events/?page=2&tab=Main (accessed 2

February 2010).

Department of Education and Children’s Services (South Australia) 2009, Right

Bite, www.decs.sa.gov.au/eatwellsa/ (accessed 11 March 2010).

Department of Education and Early Childhood Development (Victoria) 2009a, ‘Go

for your life’ Kitchen Garden Project, www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/

hav/articles.nsf/pages/Go_for_your_life_Kitchen_Garden_Project?open

(accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2009b, Programs – ‘Go for your life’ Free Fruit Friday,

www.education.vic.gov.au/studentlearning/programs/freefruitfriday/default.htm

(accessed 11 March 2010).

Department of Education and Training (New South Wales) 2007, Girls in Sport,

products.schools.nsw.edu.au/psc/programs/girlsInSport.html (accessed 11 March

2010).

170 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Department of Education and Training (Queensland) 2009a, About Active-Ate,

Brisbane, education.qld.gov.au/schools/healthy/active-ate/about.html (accessed

15 February 2010).

—— 2009b, Smart Choices: Evaluation Summary, Healthy Food and Drink Supply

Strategy for Queensland Schools, Brisbane, education.qld.gov.au/

schools/healthy/docs/evaluationsummary.pdf (accessed 15 February 2010).

Department of Health (South Australia) 2004, Eat Well Be Active Community

Programs, dh.sa.gov.au/pehs/branches/health-promotion/hp-eat-well-beactive.

htm (accessed 5 February 2010).

—— 2005, Department of Health Annual report 2004 – 2005, Adelaide,

www.health.sa.gov.au/Default.aspx?tabid=59 (accessed 5 February 2010).

Department of Health (Victoria) 2009a, A healthy start for thousands of our

children, www.health.vic.gov.au/healthvictoria/dec09/start.htm (accessed 11

March 2010).

—— 2009b, Health Promoting Communities: Being Active Eating Well,

www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/articles.nsf/pracpages/Health_Promoting_Co

mmunities_Being_Active_Eating_Well?open (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2009c, Just add fruit and veg, www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/articles.nsf/

pages/Just_add_fruit_and_veg?OpenDocument (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2010a, Filling the Gaps, www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/articles.nsf/

pracpages/Filling_the_Gaps?OpenDocument (accessed 11 February 2010).

—— 2010b, Kids – ‘Go for your life’, www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/

articles.nsf/pracpages/Kids_Go_for_your_life?OpenDocument (accessed 10

February 2010).

Department of Health (Western Australia) 2005, Crunch&Sip®,

www.crunchandsip.com.au/default.aspx (accessed 3 February 2010).

—— 2009a, Fruit ‘n’ Veg Week 2009, www.fruitnvegweek.health.wa.gov.au/about/

index.asp (accessed 21 June 2010).

—— 2009b, Submission to: The Victorian Parliamentary Inquiry into the potential

for developing opportunities for schools to become a focus for promoting

healthy community living, www.parliament.vic.gov.au/etc/Submissions/

school_health/wadepartmentofhealth060709.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— nd, School and Community Based Programs,

www.healthnetworks.health.wa.gov.au/abhi/project/school_community_based.cf

m (accessed 2 February 2010).

REFERENCES 171

Department of Health and Community Services (Northern Territory) 2007, Annual

Report 2006-2007, Darwin, www.health.nt.gov.au/library/scripts/

objectifyMedia.aspx?file=pdf/10/05.pdf&siteID=1&str_title=DHCS Annual

Report 2006-2007.pdf (accessed 5 February 2010).

Department of Health and Families (Northern Territory) 2008, goNT be active,

www.health.nt.gov.au/Nutrition_and_Physical_Activity/goNT_be_active/index.

aspx (accessed 19 May 2010).

Department of Human Services (Victoria) 2006, ACE-Obesity: Assessing Costeffectiveness

of obesity interventions in children and adolescents: Summary of

Results, Melbourne, www.health.vic.gov.au/healthpromotion/downloads/

ace_obesity.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

Department of Territory and Municipal Services (ACT) 2006, Kids at Play – Active

Play and Eating Well, www.tams.act.gov.au/play/sport_and_recreation/

programs/kids_at_play (accessed 19 May 2010).

Deurenberg, P., Yap, M. and van Staveren, W.A. 1998, ‘Body mass index and

percentage body fat: a meta analysis among different ethnic groups’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 22, no. 12, pp. 1164–71.

Diabetes Australia – Victoria 2008, Kids – ‘Go for your life’,

www.diabetesvic.org.au/Aboutus/Partnerorganisations/KidsGoforyourlife/tabid/

222/Default.aspx (accessed 10 February 2010).

Dibb, S. 1996, A Spoonful of Sugar: Television Food Advertising Aimed at

Children: An International Comparative Survey, Consumer International’s

Programme for Developed Economies, www.consumersinternational.org/

Shared_ASP_Files/UploadedFiles/033EBC38-04B3-4477-B8A9-

3E056DE35ECE_Doc74.pdf (accessed 26 August 2009).

Dietz, W.H. 1998, ‘Health consequences of obesity in youth: Childhood predictors

of adult disease’, Pediatrics, vol. 101, no. 3, pp. 518–25.

DiMeglio, D.P. and Mattes, R.D. 2000, ‘Liquid versus solid carbohydrate: effects

on food intake and body weight’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 24,

no. 6, pp. 794–800.

Dobbins, M., DeCorby, K., Robeson, P., Husson, H. and Tirilis, D. 2009,

School-based physical activity programs for promoting physical activity and

fitness in children and adolescents aged 6-18 (Review), Cochrane Database of

Systematic Reviews.

172 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

DoHA (Department of Health and Ageing) ?2007, Around Australia in 40 Days

Challenge: Small steps to big things, www.health.gov.au/internet/healthyactive/

publishing.nsf/Content/EBCC4E141AEDBD6ECA2572FE00277570/$File/arou

nd-australia.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2004a, Australia’s Physical Activity Recommendations for 5–12 year olds,

Commonwealth of Australia, www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/

Content/phd-physical-activity-kids-pdf-cnt.htm/$FILE/kids_phys.pdf (accessed

28 September 2009).

—— 2004b, Australia’s Physical Activity Recommendations for 12–18 year olds,

Commonwealth of Australia, www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/

Content/phd-physical-activity-youth-pdf-cnt.htm/$FILE/youth_phys.pdf

(accessed 28 September 2009).

—— 2006, Initiatives – Active School Curriculum, www.health.gov.au/internet/

healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/initiatives-b (accessed 5 February 2010).

—— 2007, State and Territory Government Initiatives, www.healthyactive.gov.au/

internet/healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/com-schools-grants-state-terr-gov

(accessed 18 June 2010).

—— 2008a, MBS Primary Care Items: Get Set 4 Life Fact Sheet,

www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/Health_Kids_Check_G

etSet4Life (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2008b, MBS Primary Care Items: Healthy Kids Check – Fact Sheet,

www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/Health_Kids_Check_F

actsheet (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2008c, Remote Indigenous Stores and Takeaways (RIST) Project,

www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/phd-nutrition-rist

(accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2008d, Submission to the House of Representatives Standing Committee on

Health and Ageing: Inquiry into Obesity in Australia, www.aph.gov.au/House/

committee/haa/obesity/subs/sub154.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2009a, Active After-school Communities, www.healthyactive.gov.au/internet/

healthyactive/publishing.nsf/content/active_after_school_communities.pdf/$File/

active_after_school_communities.pdf (accessed 8 December 2009).

—— 2009b, Active After-school Communities (AASC) Program,

www.healthyactive.gov.au/internet/healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/aasc

(accessed 8 December 2009).

REFERENCES 173

—— 2009c, Early Childhood Nutrition, Canberra, www.health.gov.au/internet/

main/publishing.nsf/content/phd-early-childhood-nutrition-index (accessed

22 December 2009).

—— 2009d, Early Childhood Nutrition Publications, www.health.gov.au/internet/

main/publishing.nsf/Content/phd-early-childhood-nutrition-resources (accessed

11 March 2010).

—— 2009e, First Announcement of Grants, www.healthyactive.gov.au/internet/

healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/com-schools-grants-funding (accessed 5

February 2010).

—— 2009f, Promoting Health Weight, www.health.gov.au/internet/main/

publishing.nsf/content/health-pubhlth-strateg-hlthwt-obesity.htm (accessed

21 December 2009).

Dolan, M.S., Sorkin, J.D. and Hoffman, D.J. 2007, ‘Birth Weight Is Inversely

Associated With Central Adipose Tissue in Healthy Children and Adolescents’,

Obesity, vol. 15, no. 6, pp. 1600–8.

Dollman, J., Norton, K. and Tucker, G. 2002, ‘Anthropometry, Fitness and Physical

Activity of Urban and Rural South Australian Children’, Pediatric Exercise

Science, vol. 14, no. 3, pp. 297–312.

—— and Pilgrim, A. 2005, ‘Changes in body composition between 1997 and 2002

among South Australian children: influences of socio-economic status and

location of residence’, Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health,

vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 166–70.

Donnelly, J.E., Jacobsen, D.J., Whatley, J.E., Hill, J.O., Swift, L.L., Cherrington,

A., Polk, B., Tran, Z.V., Reed, G. 1996, ‘Nutrition and physical activity program

to attenuate obesity and promote physical and metabolic fitness in elementary

school children’, Obesity Research, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 229–43.

Downs, J.S., Loewenstein, G. and Wisdom, J. 2009, ‘Strategies for promoting

healthier food choices’, American Economic Review, vol. 99, no. 2, pp. 159–64.

Drewnowski, A. and Specter, S.E. 2004, ‘Poverty and obesity: the role of energy

density and energy costs’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 79, no. 1,

pp. 6–16.

Dudley, D.A., Okely, A.D., Pearson, P. and Peat, J. 2009, ‘Engaging adolescent

girls from linguistically diverse and low income backgrounds in school sport: A

pilot randomised controlled trial’, Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport (in

press).

174 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Dunton, G.F., Kaplan, J., Wolch, J., Jerrett, M. and Reynolds, K.D. 2009, ‘Physical

environmental correlates of childhood obesity: a systematic review’, Obesity

Reviews, vol. 10, no. 4, pp. 393–402.

Dwyer, T., Coonan, W.E., Leitch, D.R., Hetzel, B.S. and Baghurst, R.A. 1983, ‘An

investigation of the effects of daily physical-activity on the health of

primary-school students in South Australia’, International Journal of

Epidemiology, vol. 12, no. 3, pp. 308–13.

Early Childhood Australia 2009, Get up and grow,

www.earlychildhoodaustralia.org.au/every_child_magazine/every_child_index/g

et_up_and_grow.html (accessed 11 March 2010).

Eat Well Tasmania 2009a, Eat Right Grow Bright, www.eatwelltas.com.au/

eatrightgrowbright.php (accessed 5 February 2010).

—— 2009b, Family Food Patch Project, www.eatwelltas.com.au/foodpatch.php

(accessed 5 February 2010).

—— 2009c, Start Right Eat Right – Tasmania, www.eatwelltas.com.au/

startrighteatright.php (accessed 11 March 2010).

Edith Cowan University 2010, Monitoring and Evaluation of the Active-Ate Project

(2003), chpru.ecu.edu.au/research/obesity-prevention/active-ate.php (accessed

15 February 2010).

Elbel, B., Kersh, R., Brescoll, V.L. and Dixon, L.B. 2009, ‘Calorie Labeling And

Food Choices: A First Look At The Effects On Low-Income People In New

York City’, Health Affairs, vol. 28, no. 6, pp. w1110-21.

Elliot, D. and Walker, D. 2007a, Evaluation of the National ‘Get Moving’

Campaign, Department of Health and Ageing, www.healthyactive.gov.au/

internet/healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/CD99B2A715DB9214CA2572DC

001855A8/$File/getmoving-eval-jul07.pdf (accessed 2 July 2009).

—— and —— 2007b, Evaluation of the National Go for 2&5 Campaign,

Department of Health and Ageing, www.healthyactive.gov.au/internet/

healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/025D9EB302CAEC0ECA2572DC0017DE

C8/$File/2&5-eval-jan07.pdf (accessed 2 July 2009).

emlab ?2007, Time2bHealthy, emlab.uow.edu.au/products/t2bh.html (accessed 11

March 2010).

Epstein, L. H., Gordy, C.C., Raynor, H.A., Beddome, M., Kilanowski, C.K., Paluch,

R. 2001, ‘Increasing fruit and vegetable intake and decreasing fat and sugar

intake in families at risk for childhood obesity’, Obesity Research, vol. 9, no. 3,

pp. 171–8.

REFERENCES 175

European Public Health Alliance 2008, EPODE — Together Let’s Prevent

Childhood Obesity, www.epha.org/a/3149 (accessed 7 January 2009).

Fairburn, C.G., Doll, H.A., Welch, S.L., Hay, P.J., Davies, B.A. and O’Connor,

M.E. 1997, ‘Risk Factors for Bulimia Nervosa: A Community-Based, Case-

Control Study’, Archives of General Psychiatry, vol. 54, no. 6, pp. 509–17.

——, ——, ——, ——, —— and —— 1998, ‘Risk Factors for Binge Eating

Disorder: A Community-Based, Case-Control Study’, Archives of General

Psychiatry, vol. 55, no. 5, pp. 425–32.

Finke, M.S. and Huston, S.J. 2003, ‘Factors affecting the probability of choosing a

risky diet’, Journal of Family and Economic Issues, vol. 24, no. 3, pp. 291–303.

Flores, R. 1995, ‘Dance for health: improving fitness in African American and

Hispanic adolescents’, Public Health Reports, vol. 110, no. 2, pp. 189–93.

Flynn, M.A.T., McNeil, D.A., Maloff, B., Mutasingwa, D., Wu, M., Ford, C. and

Tough, S.C. 2006, ‘Reducing obesity and related chronic disease risk in children

and youth: a synthesis of evidence with ‘best practice’ recommendations’,

Obesity Reviews, vol. 7, no. supplement 1, pp. 7–66.

Foodbank WA ?2010, School Breakfast Program,

www.schoolbreakfastprogram.com.au/ (accessed 11 February 2010).

Fox, K.R. 1999, ‘The influence of physical activity on mental well-being’, Public

Health Nutrition, vol. 2, no. 3a, pp. 411–8.

Franklin, J., Denyer, G., Steinbeck, K., Caterson, I. and Hill, A. 2006, ‘Obesity and

Risk of Low Self-esteem: A State-wide Survey of Australian Children’,

Pediatrics, vol. 118, no. 6, pp. 2481–7.

Freebairn, J. 2010, ‘Taxation and Obesity?’, Australian Economic Review, vol. 43,

no. 1, pp. 54–62.

French, S. A. 2005, ‘Population approaches to promote healthful eating behaviours’,

in Crawford, D. and Jeffery, R. W. (eds), Obesity prevention and public health,

Oxford University Press, New York, pp. 101–27.

——, Jeffery, R.W., Story, M., Breitlow, K.K., Baxter, J.S., Hannan, P. and Snyder,

M.P. 2001, ‘Pricing and promotion effects on low-fat vending snack purchases:

The CHIPS study’, American Journal of Public Health, vol. 91, no. 1,

pp.112–7.

——, Jeffery, R.W., Story, M., Hannan, P., Snyder, M.P. 1997, ‘A pricing strategy

to promote low-fat snack choices through vending machines’, American Journal

of Public Health, vol. 87, no. 5, pp. 849–51.

176 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

——, Story, M. and Perry, C.L. 1995, ‘Self-Esteem and Obesity in Children and

Adolescents: A Literature Review’, Obesity Research, vol. 3, no. 5, pp. 479–90.

FSANZ (Food Standards Australia New Zealand) 2008, Consumer Attitudes Survey

2007: A benchmark survey of consumers’ attitudes to food issues,

www.foodstandards.gov.au/_srcfiles/Consumer%20Attitudes%20Survey.pdf

(accessed 17 May 2010).

Gallagher, K. (ACT Health Minister) 2009, Budget recognises prevention the key to

a healthy future, Media release no. 13, 5 May.

Garn, S.M., Leonard, W.R. and Hawthorne, V.M. 1986, ‘Three limitations of the

body mass index’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 44, no. 6,

pp. 996–7.

Garnett, S.P., Baur, L.A., Srinivasan, S., Lee, J.W. and Cowell, C.T. 2007, ‘Body

mass index and waist circumference in midchildhood and adverse cardiovascular

disease risk clustering in adolescence’, The American Journal of Clinical

Nutrition, vol. 86, no. 3, pp. 549–55.

——, Cowell, C.T., Baur, L.A., Fay, R.A., Lee, J., Coakley, J., Peat, J.K. and

Boulton, T.J. 2001, ‘Abdominal fat and birth size in healthy prepubertal

children’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 25, no. 11, pp. 1667–73.

——, Cowell, C.T., Baur, L.A., Shrewsbury, V.A., Chan, A., Crawford, D.,

Salmon, J., Campbell, K. and Boulton T.J. 2005, ‘Increasing central adiposity:

the Nepean longitudinal study of young people aged 7-8 to 12-13y’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 29, no. 11, pp. 1353–60.

Geier, A.B., Rozin, P. and Doros, G. 2006, ‘Unit bias: A new heuristic that helps

explain the effect of portion size on food intake’, Psychological Science, vol. 17,

no. 6, pp. 521–5, www.psych.upenn.edu/~andrewbg/unitbiasjul0805

paperinpress.pdf (accessed 31 July 2009).

Gelbach, J. B., Klick, J. and Stratmann, T. 2009, ‘Cheap Donuts and Expensive

Broccoli: The Effect of Relative Prices on Obesity’, papers.ssrn.com/sol3/

papers.cfm?abstract_id=976484.

General Practice Network NT 2009, Darwin and Palmerston healthy lifestyle

challenge 2009, General Practice Network NT with City of Palmerston, Darwin

City Council, and MBF, Darwin, www.activate-nt.com.au/node/23 (accessed 15

February 2010).

Gibbs, B., J. 1997, ‘Predisposing the Decision Maker Versus Framing the Decision:

A Consumer-Manipulation Approach to Dynamic Preference’, Marketing

Letters, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 71–83.

REFERENCES 177

Gill, T.P., Rangan, A.M. and Webb, K.L. 2006, ‘The weight of evidence suggests

that soft drinks are a major issue in childhood and adolescent obesity. There is

much to be gained by reducing children’s intake of soft drinks and little —

except excess weight — to be lost’, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 184,

no. 6, pp. 263–4.

Go for 2&5 nd, Go for 2&5, www.gofor2and5.com.au (accessed 11 March 2010).

goNT Secretariat 2008, goNT report on the 2007 Action Plan January – December

2007, Department of Health and Community Services, www.health.nt.gov.au/

library/scripts/objectifyMedia.aspx?file=pdf/23/14.pdf&siteID=1&str_title=annu

al report2007.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

Goode, A., and Mavromaras, K. 2008, ‘Obesity as a Multidisciplinary Research

Topic: Editors’ Introduction’, Australian Economic Review, vol. 41, no. 1,

pp. 67–71.

Gortmaker, S.L., Peterson, K., Wiecha, J., Sobal, A.M., Dixit, S., Fox, M.K., Laird,

N. 1999, ‘Reducing obesity via a school-based interdisciplinary intervention

among youth’, Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, vol. 153, no. 4,

pp. 409–18.

Government of South Australia 2004, Start Right Eat Right, www.health.sa.gov.au/

pehs/startrighteatright.htm (accessed 11 March 2010).

Gowrie Victoria 2009, Start Right Eat Right, www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/

articles.nsf/pracpages/Start_Right_Eat_Right?open (accessed 11 March 2010).

Handsley, E., Nehmy, C., Mehta, K. and Coveney, J. 2007, ‘Media, public health

and law: A lawyer’s primer on the food advertising debate’, Media and Arts Law

Review, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 87–106.

Harvey-Berino, J. and Rouke, J. 2003, ‘Obesity prevention in preschool Native-

American children: A pilot study using home visiting’, Obesity Research,

vol. 11, pp. 606–11.

Healthpact Research Centre for Health Promotion and Wellbeing 2008,

Development of an Evaluation Plan and Undertaking the Evaluation of the Early

Childhood Active Play and Eating Well Project, University of Canberra,

www.canberra.edu.au/centres/healthpact/projects/docs/active-play (accessed 5

February 2010).

Healthy Kids 2006, NRG @ OOSH project, www.healthykids.nsw.gov.au/

infopages/2158.html (accessed 9 December 2009).

—— 2008a, Munch and Move, www.healthykids.nsw.gov.au/infopages/2635.html

(accessed 3 February 2010).

178 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

—— 2008b, The Live Life Well @ School, www.healthykids.nsw.gov.au/

infopages/2637.html (accessed 3 February 2010).

Healthy Kids Association ?2010a, Australian State School Canteen Strategies,

www.schoolcanteens.org.au/category/33/australian-state-school-canteenstrategies

(accessed 11 March 2010).

—— ?2010b, Fresh Tastes @ School, www.schoolcanteens.org.au/category/13/

fresh%20tastes%20@%20school (accessed 27 January 2010).

Hesketh, K., Wake, M. and Waters, E. 2004, ‘Body mass index and parent-reported

self-esteem in elementary school children: evidence for a causal relationship’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 28, no. 10, pp. 1233–7.

——, ——, Graham, M., Waters, E. 2007, ‘Stability of television viewing and

electronic game/computer use in a prospective cohort study of Australian

children: relationship with body mass index’, International Journal of

Behavioural Nutrition and Physical Activity, vol. 4, ijbnpa.org/content/pdf/1479-

5868-4-60.pdf (accessed 26 May 2010).

Hill, J. (SA Minister for Health) and Lomax-Smith, J. (SA Minister for Education)

2009, OPAL – A lifestyle revolution for SA families, Media release, 4 March.

House of Representatives Standing Committee on Health and Ageing 2009,

Weighing it up: Obesity in Australia, Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra,

www.aph.gov.au/house/committee/haa/obesity/report.htm (accessed 3 December

2009).

Hume, C., Timperio, A., Salmon, J., Carver, A., Giles-Corti, B. and Crawford, D.

2009, ‘Walking and Cycling to School: Predictors of Increases Among Children

and Adolescents’, American Journal of Preventative Medicine, vol. 36, no. 3,

pp. 195–200.

Hunter Medical Research Institute 2005, News Article: Indigenous Health Receives

$1.4 million in funding, www.hmri.net.au/pages/news/index.php?id=39

(accessed 3 February 2010).

—— 2008, Dads may be the key to healthy kids, www.newcastle.edu.au/news/2008/

08/dadskeytohealthykids.html (accessed 4 February 2010).

Hunter New England Area Health Service ?2006, Good for kids, good for life,

www.hnehealth.nsw.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/55949/GoodForKidsPro

gramOverview.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

Jacobson, M.F. and Brownell, K.D. 2000, Small Taxes on Soft Drinks and Snack

Foods to Promote Health, American Journal of Public Health, vol. 90, no. 6,

pp. 854–7.

REFERENCES 179

James, J., Thomas, P., Cavan, D., Kerr, D. 2004, ‘Preventing childhood obesity by

reducing consumption of carbonated drinks: cluster randomised controlled trial’,

British Medical Journal¸ vol. 328, no. 7450, pp. 1237–9.

John, D.R. 1999, ‘Consumer socialization of children: A retrospective look at

twenty-five years of research’, Journal of Consumer Research, vol. 26, no. 3,

pp. 183–213.

Johnson, E., McInnes, M.M. and Shinogle, J.A. 2006, ‘What is the economic cost of

overweight children?’, Eastern Economic Journal, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 171–87,

college.holycross.edu/eej/Volume32/V32N1P171_187.pdf (accessed 14 July

2009).

Just, D.R. 2006, ‘Behavioral economics, food assistance, and obesity’, Agricultural

and Resource Economics Review, vol. 35, no. 2, pp. 209–20,

ageconsearch.umn.edu/bitstream/10220/1/35020209.pdf (accessed 31 July

2009).

Kahneman, D., Knetsch, J.L., and Thaler, R.H. 1991, ‘The Endowment Effect, Loss

Aversion, and Status Quo Bias’, Journal of Economic Perspectives, vol. 5, no. 1,

pp. 193–206.

Kain, J., Uauy, R., Albala, Vio, F., Cerda. R., Leyton, B. 2004, ‘School-based

obesity prevention in Chilean primary school children: methodology and

evaluation of a controlled study’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 28, no. 4,

pp. 483–93.

Kortt, M. and Leigh, A. 2009, ‘Does Size Matter in Australia?’, Economic Record,

vol. 86, no. 272, pp. 71–83. people.anu.edu.au/andrew.leigh/pdf/BodySize.pdf

(accessed 9 December 2009).

Kuchler, F., Tegene, A. and Harris, J.M. 2005, ‘Taxing Snack Foods: Manipulating

Diet Quality or Financing Information Programs?’, Review of Agricultural

Economics, vol. 27, no. 1, pp. 4–20.

Kunkel, D., Wilcox, B.L., Cantor, J., Palmer, E., Linn, S. and Dowrisk, P. 2004,

Report of the APA Task Force on Advertising and Children,

www.apa.org/releases/childrenads.pdf (accessed 26 August 2009).

Labayen, I., Moreno, L.A., Ruiz, J.R., González-Gross, M., Wärnberg, J.,

Breidenassel, C., Ortega, F.B., Marcos, A., Bueno, M and The AVENA Study

Group 2008, ‘Small Birth Weight and Later Body Composition and Fat

Distribution in Adolescents: The AVENA Study’, Obesity, vol. 16, no. 7, pp.

1680–6.

Lady Gowrie Child Centre ?2003, Start Right Eat Right, www.gowrietas.

com.au/whatsnew_SRER.htm (accessed 11 March 2010).

180 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Lakdawalla, D. and Philipson, T. 2002, The Growth of Obesity and Technological

Change: A Theoretical and Empirical Explanation, Working Paper,

harrisschool.uchicago.edu/About/publications/workingpapers/

pdf/wp_02_03.pdf (accessed 4 March 2009).

Lake, J.K., Power, C. and Cole, T.J. 1997, ‘Child to adult body mass index in the

1958 British birth cohort: associations with parental obesity’, Archives of

Disease in Childhood, vol. 77, no. 5, pp. 376–81.

Latner, J.D. and Stunkard, A.J. 2003, ‘Getting Worse: The Stigmatization of Obese

Children’, Obesity Research, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 452–6.

Laurence, S., Peterkin, R. and Burns, C. 2007, ‘Fresh Kids: the efficacy of a Health

Promoting Schools approach to increasing consumption of fruit and water in

Australia’, Health Promotion International, vol. 22, no. 3, pp. 218–26.

Lee, K., Kwon, E., Park, T., Park, M. and Lenders, C.M. 2006, ‘Parental overweight

as an indicator of childhood overweight: how sensitive?’, Asia Pacific Journal of

Clinical Nutrition, vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 196-200.

Leigh, A. 2009, ‘What evidence should social policy makers use?’, Economic

Roundup, vol. 1, pp. 27–43, www.treasury.gov.au/documents/1496/PDF/

03_Evidence_Hierarchy.pdf (accessed 25 August 2009).

Lin, V. and Robinson, P. 2005, ‘Australian public health policy in 2003–2004’,

Australia and New Zealand Health Policy, vol. 2, no. 7,

www.anzhealthpolicy.com/content/2/1/7 (accessed 3 December 2009).

Live Fit nd, Welcome to Live Fit, www.livefitwa.com.au/index.asp (accessed 21

June 2010).

Livingstone, M.B.E., McCaffrey, T.A. and Rennie, K.L. 2006, ‘Childhood obesity

prevention studies: lessons learned and to be learned’, Public Health Nutrition,

vol. 9, no. 8A, pp. 1121–9, uhra.herts.ac.uk/dspace/bitstream/2299/2891/

1/903212.pdf (accessed 21 August 2009).

Lloyd, L.J., Langley-Evans, S.C. and McMullen, S. 2010, ‘Childhood obesity and

adults cardiovascular disease risk: systematic review’, International Journal of

Obesity, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 18–28.

Lobstein, T., Baur, L. and Uauy, R. 2004, ‘Obesity in children and young people: a

crisis in public health’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 5 (suppl. 1), pp. 4–85.

Lubans, D. and Morgan, P. 2008, ‘Evaluation of an extra-curricular school sport

programme promoting lifestyle and lifetime activity for adolescents’, Journal of

Sports Sciences, vol. 26, no. 5, pp. 519–29.

REFERENCES 181

——, Morgan, P.J., Callister, R. and Collins, C.E. 2009, ‘Effects of Integrating

Pedometers, Parental Materials and E-mail Support Within an Extracurricular

School Sport Intervention’, Journal of Adolescent Health, vol. 44, no. 2,

pp. 176–83.

Macfarlane, A., Cleland, V., Crawford, D., Campbell, K. and Timperio, A. 2009,

‘Longitudinal examination of the family food environment and weight status

among children’, International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, vol. 4, no. 4,

pp. 343–52.

Magarey, A.M., Daniels, L.A. and Boulton, T.J. 2001, ‘Prevalence of Overweight

and Obesity in Australian children and adolescents: reassessment of 1985 and

1995 data against new standard international definitions’, Medical Journal of

Australia, vol. 174, no. 11, pp. 561–4.

——, ——, —— and Cockington, R.A. 2001, ‘Does fat intake predict adiposity in

healthy children and adolescents aged 2-15y? A longitudinal analysis’, European

Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 55, no. 6, pp. 471–81.

——, ——, —— and —— 2003, ‘Predicting obesity in early adulthood from

childhood and parental obesity’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 27, no. 4,

pp. 505–13.

Mamun, A.A., Cramb, S.M., O’Callaghan, M.J., Williams, G.M. and Najman, J.M.

2009, ‘Childhood overweight status predicts diabetes at age 21: A follow-up

study’, Obesity, vol. 17, no. 6, pp. 1255–61.

——, Hayatbakhsh, M.R., O’Callaghan, M., Williams, G. and Najman, J. 2009,

‘Early overweight and pubertal maturation — pathways of association with

young adults’ overweight: a longitudinal study’, International Journal of

Obesity, vol. 33, no. 1, pp. 14–20.

Marshall, S.J., Biddle, S.J.H., Gorely, T., Cameron, N. and Murdey, I. 2004,

‘Relationships between media use, body fatness, and physical activity in children

and youth: a meta-analysis’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 28, no. 10,

pp. 1238–46.

——, Gorely, T. and Biddle, S.J.H. 2005, ‘A descriptive epidemiology of screenbased

media use in youth: A review and critique’, Journal of Adolescence, vol.

29, no. 3, pp. 333–49.

McMahon, S.K., Haynes, A., Ratnam, N., Grant, M.T., Carne, C.L., Jones, T.W.

and Davis, E.A. 2004, ‘Increase in type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents in

Western Australia’, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 180, no. 9, pp. 459–61.

182 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Merom, D., Rissel, C., Mahmic, A. and Bauman, A. 2005, ‘Process evaluation of

the New South Wales Walk Safely to School Day’, Health Promotion Journal of

Australia, vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 100–6.

Merri Community Health Services 2009, Fun n’ healthy in Moreland!,

www.merrichs.org.au/Pages/FunnhealthyinMoreland.aspx (accessed 11 March

2010).

Micucci, S., Thomas, H. and Vohra, J. 2002, The Effectiveness of School-based

Strategies for the Primary Prevention of Obesity and for Promoting Physical

Activity and/or Nutrition, the Major Modifiable Risk Factors for Type 2

Diabetes: A Review of Reviews, Effective Public Health Practice Project,

Hamilton, Ontario www.ephpp.ca/PDF/2002_School%20Based%20

Preventing%20Type%202%20Diabetes.pdf (accessed 14 October 2009).

Miller, M., Newell, S., Huddy, A., Adams, J., Holden, L. and Dietrich, U. 2001,

Tooty Fruity Vegie Project: Process and Impact Evaluation Report, Health

Promotion Unit, Northern Rivers Area Health Service: Lismore,

www.ncahs.nsw.gov.au/docs/tooty_fruity/evaluation/tfvreport.pdf (accessed 15

April 2009).

Mo-Suwan, L., Pongprapai, S., Junjana, C., Peutpaiboon, A. 1998, ‘Effects of a

controlled trial of a school-based exercise program on the obesity indexes of

preschool children’, American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, vol. 68, no. 5,

pp. 1006–11.

Moynihan, R. 2008, ‘Australian town slows rise in obesity with community

approach’, British Medical Journal, vol. 337, a1238.

Mueller, M.J., Asbeck, I., Mast, M., Lagnaese, L., Grund, A. 2001, ‘Prevention of

Obesity — more than an intention, Concept and first results of the Kiel Obesity

Prevention Study (KOPS)’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 25,

supplement no. 1, pp. S66–74.

Must, A. and Strauss, R.S. 1999, ‘Risk and consequences of childhood and

adolescent obesity’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 23, supplement 2,

pp. s2–11.

Mytton, O, Gray, A., Rayner, M. and Rutter, H. 2007, ‘Could targeted food taxes

improve health?’, Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health, vol. 61,

no. 8, pp. 689–94.

Nakamura, D. 2009, Fat in Japan? You’re breaking the law, GlobalPost, 10

November, www.globalpost.com/dispatch/japan/091109/fat-japan-yourebreaking-

the-law?page=0,0 (accessed 18 June 2010).

REFERENCES 183

National Heart Foundation of Australia (Victorian Division) 2008, Annual Review

2008, www.heartfoundation.org.au/SiteCollectionDocuments/Victorian%20

Summary%20Annual%20Review.pdf (accessed 11 March 2010).

National Heart Foundation of Australia 2006, ‘Evaluation Case Study – National

Eat Smart Play Smart – A Manual for Out of School Hours Care Dissemination

Project’, Healthlink, Spring, pp. 15–16.

—— 2008, Campaign takes new angle in tackling childhood obesity, Media

Release, 18 February, www.heartfoundation.org.au/SiteCollectionDocuments/

MediaRel%20-%20Unplug%20and%20Play.pdf (accessed 1 February 2010).

—— 2009a, Eat Smart Play Smart, Canberra, www.heartfoundation.org.au/

HEALTHY_LIVING/HEALTHY_KIDS/EAT_SMART_PLAY_SMART/Pages

/default.aspx (accessed 15 February 2010).

—— 2009b, Unplug + Play Parent Campaign,

www.heartfoundation.org.au/Healthy_Living/Healthy_Kids/Parents_Resources/

Unplug_and_Play/Pages/default.aspx (accessed 1 February 2010).

—— 2010, make tracks2school, www.heartfoundation.org.au/Get_Involved/

Whats_On/Pages/WA_maketracks2school.aspx (accessed 3 February 2010).

National Nutrition Networks Conference 2008, Eat Well, Be Active, Healthy Kids

for Life – Badu Island, www.ruralhealth.org.au/conferences/nnnc2008/abstracts/

54_thompson.html (accessed 5 February 2010).

National Obesity Taskforce 2003, Healthy Weight 2008: Australia’s Future, The

National Action Agenda For Children And Young People And Their Families,

Canberra, www.health.gov.au/internet/healthyactive/publishing.nsf/Content/

healthy_weight08.pdf/$File/healthy_weight08.pdf (accessed 3 December 2009).

—— 2005, 2005 Overview, www.health.gov.au/internet/healthyactive/

publishing.nsf/Content/notoverview05.pdf/$File/notoverview05.pdf (accessed 2

February 2010).

National Preventative Health Taskforce 2009, Technical Report 1 Obesity in

Australia: a need for urgent action, Including addendum for October 2008 to

June 2009, prepared for the National Preventative Health Taskforce by the

Obesity Working Group, preventativehealth.org.au/internet/preventativehealth/

publishing.nsf/Content/tech-obesity (accessed 1 September 2009).

Nayga, R.M. 2000, ‘Schooling, health knowledge and obesity’, Applied Economics,

vol. 32, no. 7, pp. 815–22.

Neumark-Sztainer, D., Story, M., Hannan, P.J., Rex, J. 2003, ‘New Moves: a

school-based obesity prevention program for adolescent girls’, Preventive

Medicine, vol. 37, no. 1, pp. 41–51.

184 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Nevill, A.M., Stuart, A.D., Olds, T. and Holder, R. 2006, ‘Relationship Between

Adiposity and Body Size Reveals Limitations of BMI’, American Journal of

Physical Anthropology, vol. 129, no. 1, pp. 151–56.

Newby, P.K. 2007, ‘Are dietary intakes and eating behaviors related to childhood

obesity? A comprehensive review of the evidence’, Journal of Law, Medicine

and Ethics, vol. 35, no. 1, pp. 35–60.

Newell, S.A., Huddy, A.D., Adams, J.K., Miller, M., Holden, L. and Dietrich, U.C.

2004, ‘The Tooty Fruity Vegie project: Changing knowledge and attitudes about

fruit and vegetables’, Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health,

vol. 28, no. 3, pp. 288–95.

NHMRC (National Health and Medical Research Council) 1997, Acting on

Australia’s Weight: A Strategic Plan for the Prevention of Overweight and

Obesity, Canberra, www.nhmrc.gov.au/_files_nhmrc/file/publications/synopses/

withdrawn/n21.pdf (accessed 3 December 2009).

—— 2009, NHMRC research funding dataset 2000-2009, www.nhmrc.gov.au/

grants/dataset/rmis/index.htm (accessed 11 March 2010).

North Coast Area Health Service 2008, Tooty Fruity Vegie,

www.ncahs.nsw.gov.au/tooty-fruity/ (accessed 26 March 2009).

Norton, K., Dollman, J., Martin, M. and Harten, N. 2006, ‘Descriptive

epidemiology of overweight and obesity in Australia: 1901–2003’, International

Journal of Pediatric Obesity, vol. 1, no. 4, pp. 232–8.

NSW Centre for Overweight and Obesity 2009, Intervention Research, University

of Sydney, www.coo.health.usyd.edu.au/research/intres.php (accessed 3

February 2010).

NSW Department of Health ?2005, Healthy School Canteens,

www.health.nsw.gov.au/publichealth/healthpromotion/obesity/canteens.asp

(accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2005, Annual Report 04/05, Sydney, www.health.nsw.gov.au/pubs/2005/pdf/

ar_2005.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2007, Annual Report 2006/07, Sydney, www.health.nsw.gov.au/pubs/2007/

pdf/annualreport07.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2008, Annual Report 2007-08, Sydney, www.health.nsw.gov.au/pubs/2008/

pdf/annualreport08.pdf (accessed 3 February 2010).

NSW Department of Health and NSW Department of Education and Training 2006,

Fresh Tastes @ School NSW Healthy Canteen Strategy: Canteen Planning Menu

Guide, www.det.nsw.edu.au/policies/student_serv/student_health/canteen_gu/

CMPlanner.pdf (accessed 27 January 2010).

REFERENCES 185

NSW Government 2007, Budget Paper No. 3 – 2007-08: Budget Estimates:

Minister for Health, Sydney, www.treasury.nsw.gov.au/__data/

assets/pdf_file/0016/6262/bp3_12health_n.pdf (accessed 3 February 2010).

—— 2010, $2 Million to stop obesity, www.nsw.gov.au/projects/2-million-stopobesity

(accessed 7 May 2010).

O’Dea, J.A. 2005, ‘School-based health education strategies for the improvement of

body image and the prevention of eating problems’, Health Education, vol. 105,

no. 1, pp. 11–33, apcen.edfac.usyd.edu.au/staff/odeaj/documents/odea2005.pdf

(accessed 29 January 2009).

—— 2008, ‘Gender, ethnicity, culture and social class influences on childhood

obesity among Australian schoolchildren: implications for treatment, treatment

and community education’, Health and Social Care in the community, vol. 16,

no. 3, pp. 219–336.

Okely, A.D., Booth, M.L., Hardy, L., Dobbins, T. and Denney-Wilson, E. 2008,

‘Changed in physical activity participation from 1985 to 2004 in a statewide

survey of Australian adolescents’, Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent

Medicine, vol. 162, no. 2, pp. 176–80.

Oken, E. and Gillman, M.W. 2003, ‘Fetal Origins of Obesity’, Obesity Research,

vol. 11, no. 4, pp. 496–506.

Olds, T.S., Tomkinson, G.R., Ferrar, K.E. and Maher, C.A. 2009, ‘Trends in the

prevalence of childhood overweight and obesity in Australia between 1985 and

2008’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 34, no. 1, pp. 57–66.

Olsen, N.J. and Heitmann, B.L. 2009, ‘Intake of calorically sweetened beverages

and obesity’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 68–75.

Osborne GP Network nd, Healthy Families for Happy Futures Program (HFHF),

www.ogpn.com.au/HFHF.html (accessed 11 March 2010).

Pangrazi, R.P., Beighle, A., Vehige, T., Vack, C. 2003, ‘Impact of Promoting

Lifestyle Activity for Youth (PLAY) on children’s physical activity’, Journal of

School Health, vol. 73, no. 8, pp. 317–21.

Parsons, T.J., Power, C., Logan, S. and Summerbell, C.D. 1999, ‘Childhood

predictors of adult obesity: a systematic review’, International Journal of

Obesity, vol. 23, supplement 8, pp. S1–107.

PC (Productivity Commission) 2003, Evaluation of the Pharmaceutical Industry

Investment Program, Research Report, AusInfo, Canberra.

—— 2010, Strengthening Evidence-based Policy in the Australian Federation,

Volume 2: Background Paper, Canberra.

186 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Peacock, S., Chan, C., Mangolini, M. and Johansen, D. 2001, Techniques for

Measuring Efficiency in Health Services, Productivity Commission Staff

Working Paper, Productivity Commission, Melbourne.

Peralta, L.R., Jones, R.A. and Okely, A.D. 2009, ‘Promoting healthy lifestyles

among adolescent boys: The Fitness Improvement and Lifestyle Awareness

Program RCT’, Preventive Medicine, vol. 48, no. 6, pp. 537–42.

Philipson, T. and Posner, R. 1999, The Long-Run Growth in Obesity as a Function

of Technological Change, John M. Olin Law & Economics Working Paper no.

78, www.law.uchicago.edu/Lawecon/WkngPprs_76 100/78.RPosner.Obesity.pdf

(accessed 3 March 2009).

—— and —— 2008, Is the Obesity Epidemic a Public Health Problem? A Decade

of Research on the Economics of Obesity, NBER Working Paper 14010,

www.aei.org/doclib/20080603_w14010.pdf (accessed 21 April 2009).

Pietrobelli, A., Faith, M.S., Allison, D.B., Gallagher, D., Chiumello, G. and

Heymsfield, S.B. 1998, ‘Body mass index as a measure of adiposity among

children and adolescents: A validation study’, Journal of Pediatrics, vol. 132,

no. 2, pp. 204–10.

Play5 nd, play5, play5.com.au/play5/index.php?option=com_frontpage&Itemid=1

(accessed 11 March 2010).

Plotnikoff, R., Williams, P. and Fein, A. 1999, ‘Effects of a school capacitybuilding

intervention on children’s heart health: evaluation of the Coalfields

Healthy Heartbeat School Project in New South Wales, Australia’, Health

Education Journal, vol. 58, no. 4, pp. 389–400.

Pollard, C., Lewis, J. and Miller, M. 2001, ‘Start Right-Eat Right Award Scheme:

Implementing food and nutrition policy’, Health Education & Behaviour,

vol. 28, no. 3, pp. 320–30.

Powell, L.M. and Chaloupka, F.J. 2009, ‘Food prices and obesity: evidence and

policy implications for taxes and subsidies’, The Millbank Quarterly, vol. 87,

no. 1.

——, Chriqui, J., Chaloupka, F.J. 2009, ‘Associations between State-level Soda

Taxes and Adolescent Body Mass Index’, Journal of Adolescent Health, vol. 45,

no. 3, pp. S57–63. Queensland Government 2006, State Budget 2006-07: Budget

Strategy and outlook, Brisbane, www.budget.qld.gov.au/budget-papers/2006-

07/bp2_2006-07.pdf (accessed 3 February 2010).

Queensland Health 2009a, Current Projects, www.health.qld.gov.au/southside/

lbhc_projects_c.asp (accessed 4 February 2010).

REFERENCES 187

—— 2009b, Physical Activity, www.health.qld.gov.au/healthieryou/

physical_activity/ (accessed 3 February 2010).

Rashad, I., Grossman, M. and Chou, S. 2006, ‘The super size of America: An

economic estimation of body mass index and obesity in adults’, Eastern

Economic Journal, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 133–48, web.ebscohost.com/ehost/

pdf?vid=1&hid=115&sid=c4f73527-aa35-4467-b2b3-bb85ed9376a7%40

sessionmgr108 (accessed 3 March 2009).

Rashad, M., Roberts, E.A. 2000, ‘Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis in Children’,

Journal of Pediatric Gastroenterology and Nutrition, vol. 30, no. 1, pp. 48–53.

Reilly, J.J., Methven, E., McDowell, Z.C., Hacking, B., Alexander, D., Stewart, L.

and Kelnar, C.J.H. 2003, ‘Health consequences of obesity’, Archives of Disease

in Childhood, vol. 88, no. 9, pp. 748–52.

Review Panel on Australia’s Future Tax System 2010, Australia’s Future Tax

System: Report to the Treasurer, Canberra.

Richardson, S.A., Hastorff, A.H., Goodman, N. and Dornbusch, S.M. 1961,

‘Cultural uniformity in reaction to physical disabilities’, American Sociological

Review, vol. 26, no. 2, pp. 241–47.

Robinson, T.N. 1999, ‘Reducing children’s television viewing to prevent obesity: A

randomised controlled trial’, JAMA, vol. 282, no. 16, pp. 1561–7.

——, Killen, J.D., Kraemer, H.C., Wilson, D.M., Matheson, D.M., Haskell, W.L.

2003, ‘Dance and reducing television viewing to prevent weight gain in

African-American girls: the Stanford GEMS pilot study’, Ethnicity and Disease,

vol. 13, supplement no. 1, pp. S65–77.

Rodriguez, G. and Moreno, L.A. 2006, ‘Is dietary intake able to explain differences

in body fatness in children and adolescents?’, Nutrition, Metabolism &

Cardiovascular Diseases, vol. 16, no. 4, pp. 294–301.

Rolls, B.J., Ello-Martin, J.A. and Carlton Tohill, B. 2004, ‘What can intervention

studies tell us about the relationship between fruit and vegetable consumption

and weight management’, Nutrition Reviews, vol. 62, no. 1, pp. 1–17.

Roxon, N. (Minister for Health and Ageing) 2009, Launch of Get Up and Grow,

Media release, 22 October.

Royal Childrens Hospital Foundation 2008, fit4fun, www.workingwonders.com.au/

fit4fun (accessed 18 June 2010).Ruiz, J.R. and Ortega, F.B. 2009, ‘Physical

activity and cardiovascular disease risk factors in children and adolescents’,

Current Cardiovascular Risk Reports, vol. 3, no. 4, pp. 281–7.

188 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Sahota, P., Rudolf, M.C.J., Dixey, R., Hill, A.J., Barth, J.H., Cade, J. 2001a,

‘Randomised controlled trial of primary school based intervention to reduce risk

factors for obesity’, British Medical Journal, vol. 323, pp. 1029–32.

——, ——, ——, ——, —— and —— 2001b, ‘Valuation of implementation and

effect of primary school based intervention to reduce risk factors for obesity’,

British Medical Journal, vol. 323, pp. 1027–9.

SAKG Evaluation Research Team 2009, Evaluation of the Stephanie Alexander

Kitchen Garden Program, Final Report to: The Stephanie Alexander Kitchen

Garden Foundation, www.kitchengardenfoundation.org.au/webpages/items/

2010/06/234580-upload-00001.pdf (accessed 16 June 2010).

Sallis, J.F. and Glanz, K. 2006, ‘The role of built environments in physical activity,

eating, and obesity in children’, The Future of Children, vol. 16, no. 1,

pp. 89–108.

——, McKenzie, T.L., Alcaraz, J.E., Kolody, B., Hovell, M.F., Nader, P.R. 1993,

‘Project SPARK. Effects of physical education on adiposity in children’, Annals

of the New York Academy of Sciences, vol. 699, pp. 127–36.

Salmon, J. and King, A.C. 2005, ‘Population approaches to increasing physical

activity among children and adults’, in Crawford, D. and Jeffery, R. W. (eds),

Obesity Prevention and Public Health, Oxford University Press, New York,

pp. 129–52.

——, Ball, K., Crawford, D., Booth, M., Telford, A., Hume, C., Jolley, D. and

Worsley, A. 2005, ‘Reducing sedentary behaviour and increasing physical

activity among 10-year-old children: overview and process evaluation of the

‘Switch-Play’ intervention’, Health Promotion International, vol. 20, no. 1,

pp. 7–17.

——, Ball, K., Hume, C., Booth, M. Crawford, D. 2008, ‘Outcomes of a grouprandomised

trial to prevent excess weight gain, reduce screen behaviours and

promote physical activity in 10-year-old children: Switch-Play’, International

Journal of Obesity, vol. 32, no. 4, pp. 601–12.

——, Timperio, A., Cleland, V. and Venn, A. 2005, ‘Trends in children’s physical

activity and weight status in high and low socio-economic status areas of

Melbourne, Victoria, 1985–2001’, Australian and New Zealand Journal of

Public Health, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 337–42.

Samuelson, P. 1937, ‘A Note on Measurement of Utility’, Review of Economic

Studies, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 155–61.

Samuelson, W. and Zeckhauser, R. 1988, ‘ Status Quo Bias in Decision Making’,

Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 7–59.

REFERENCES 189

Sangster, J., Eccleston, P. and Porter, S. 2008, ‘Improving children’s physical

activity in out-of-school hours care settings’, Health Promotion Journal of

Australia, vol. 19, no. 1, pp. 16–21.

Sanigorski, A.M., Bell, A.C. and Swinburn, B.A. 2007, ‘Association of key foods

and beverages with obesity in Australian schoolchildren’, Public Health

Nutrition, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 152–57.

——, ——, Kremer, P.J., Cuttler, R. and Swinburn, B.A. 2008, ‘Reducing

unhealthy weight gain in children through community capacity-building: results

of a quasi-experimental intervention program, Be Active Eat Well’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 32, no. 7, pp. 1060–7.

Sassi, F., Devaux, M., Church, J., Cecchini, M. and Borgonovi, F. 2009, Education

and Obesity in Four OECD Countries, OECD Health Working Papers, no. 46,

Paris, www.olis.oecd.org/olis/2009doc.nsf/LinkTo/NT00002F42/$FILE/

JT03266668.PDF (accessed 10 December 2009).

Schaefer, F., Georgi, M., Wühl, E. and Schärer, K. 1998, ‘Body mass index and

percentage fat mass in healthy German schoolchildren and adolescents’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 22, no. 5, pp. 461–69.

Scharff, R.L. 2009, ‘Obesity and hyperbolic discounting: Evidence and

implications’, Journal of Consumer Policy, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 3–21.

Schofield, L., Mummery, W.K. and Schofield, G. 2005, ‘Effects of a controlled

pedometer intervention trial for low-active adolescent girls’, Medicine & Science

in Sports & Exercise, vol. 37, no. 8, pp. 1414–20.

Shiv, B. and Fedorikhin, A. 1999, ‘Heart and mind in conflict: The interplay of

affect and cognition in consumer decision making’, Journal of Consumer

Research, vol. 36, no. 3, pp. 278–82.

Silventoinen, K., Rokholm, B., Kaprio, J. and Sørensen, T.I.A. 2010, ‘The genetic

and environmental influences on childhood obesity: a systematic review of twin

and adoption studies’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 34, no. 1,

pp. 29–40.

Sim-Jones, J. 2008, ‘Health Future for Kids’, The University of Melbourne Voice,

vol. 3, no. 9, uninews.unimelb.edu.au/news/5562/ (accessed 28 June 2010).

Singh, A.S., Mulder, C., Twisk, J.W.R., van Mechelen, W. and Chinapaw, M.J.M.

2008, ‘Tracking of childhood overweight into adulthood: a systematic review of

the literature’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 9 no. 5, pp. 47488.

Smed, S., Jensen, J.D. and Denver, S. 2007, ‘Socio-economic characteristics and the

effect of taxation as a health policy instrument’, Food Policy, vol. 32, no. 5–6,

pp. 624–39.

190 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Sobal, J. and Stunkard, A.J. 1989, ‘Socioeconomic Status and Obesity: A Review of

the Literature’, Psychological Bulletin, vol. 105, no. 2, pp. 260–75.

South Australian Policy Online 2010, The OPAL Project: Obesity Prevention and

Lifestyle, www.sapo.org.au/event/event12243.html (accessed 11 March 2010).

Spinks, A.B., Macpherson, A.K., Bain, C. and McClure, R.J. 2007, ‘Compliance

with the Australian national physical activity guidelines for children:

Relationship to overweight status’, Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport,

vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 156–62.

State Government of Victoria 2009, Premier’s Active Families Challenge,

www.goforyourlife.vic.gov.au/hav/articles.nsf/pages/Premiers_Active_Families

_Challenge?OpenDocument (accessed 11 March 2010).

Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden Foundation ?2009a, About the Program,

www.kitchengardenfoundation.org.au/abouttheprogram.shtml (accessed 11

March 2010).

—— ?2009b, General Information: Stephanie Alexander Kitchen Garden National

Program, www.kitchengardenfoundation.org.au/grants-national.shtml (accessed

11 March 2010).

—— 2010, Evaluation of the Kitchen Garden Program,

www.kitchengardenfoundation.org.au/evaluation.shtml (accessed 16 June 2010).

Stolley, M.R. and Fitzgibbon, M.L. 1997, ‘Effects of an obesity prevention program

on the eating behaviour of African American mothers and daughters’, Health

Education and Behaviour, vol. 24, no. 2, pp. 152–64.

Story, M., Sherwood, N.E., Himes, J.H., Davis, M., Jacobs, D. R. Jr, Cartwright, Y.

2003, ‘An after-school obesity prevention program for African-American girls:

the Minnesota GEMS pilot study’, Ethnicity and Disease, vol. 13, supplement

no. 1, pp. S54–64.

Strnad, J. 2005, ‘Conceptualizing the “Fat Tax”: The Role of Food Taxes in

Developed Countries’, Southern California Law Review, vol. 78, no. 5,

pp. 1221–336.

Sturm, R. 2005, ‘Childhood obesity — what we can learn from existing data on

societal trends, Part 2’, Preventing Chronic Disease, vol. 2, no. 2, www.cdc.gov/

pcd/issues/2005/apr/pdf/04_0039.pdf (accessed 23 June 2010).

Sturm, R., Powell, L.M., Chriqui, J.F. and Chaloupka, F.J. 2010, ‘Soda Taxes, Soft

Drink Consumption, and Children’s Body Mass Index’, Health Affairs, vol. 29,

no. 5.

REFERENCES 191

Summerbell, C.D., Waters, E., Edmunds, L., Kelly, S.A.M., Brown, T. and

Campbell, T.J. 2005, ‘Interventions for preventing obesity in children’,

Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, vol. 3.

Tam, C.S., Garnett, S.P., Cowell, C.T., Campbell, K., Cabrera, G. and Baur, L.A.

2006, ‘Soft drink consumption and excess weight gain in Australian school

students: results from the Nepean study’, International Journal of Obesity,

vol. 30, no. 7, pp. 1091–3.

Tasmanian Community Fund ?2005, Successful Applicants – Grant Round No. 11,

www.tascomfund.org/GR-Recipients/g-round11_recips.html (accessed 5

February 2010).

Tasmanian School Canteen Association ?2009, The School Canteen Accreditation

Program (Cool CAP), www.tascanteenassn.org.au/coolcap.html (accessed 5

February 2010).

Taylor, E.D., Theim, K.R., Mirch, M.C., Ghorbani, S., Tanofsky-Kraff, M., Adler-

Wailes, D.C., Brady, S., Reynolds, J.C., Calis, K.A. and Yanovski, J.A. 2006,

‘Orthopedic Complications of Overweight in Children and Adolescents’,

Pediatrics, vol. 117, no. 6, pp. 2167–74.

The Age 2009, Taiwan plans junk food tax, 22 December,

www.theage.com.au/world/taiwan-plans-junk-food-tax-20091221-l9zu.html

(accessed 9 June 2010).

The Independent 2010, Mexico Tackles Record Obesity, 1 February,

www.independent.co.uk/life-style/health-and-families/health-news/mexicotackles-

record-child-obesity-1885597.html (accessed 9 February 2010).

The Jack Brockhoff Foundation 2009, Grant News, www.brockhoff.info/news.htm

(accessed 28 June 2010).

Thomas, H., Ciliska, D., Micucci, S., Wilson-Abra, J. and Dobbins, M. 2004,

Effectiveness of Physical Actvity Enhancement and Obesity Prevention

Programs in Children and Youth, Effective Public Health Practice Project,

Hamilton, Ontario, www.ephpp.ca/PDF/2004_HWR.pdf (accessed 14 October

2009).

Timperio, A.F., Ball, K., Roberts, R., Adrianopoulos, N. and Crawford, D.A. 2009,

‘Children’s takeaway and fast-food intakes: associations with the neighbourhood

food environment’, Public Health Nutrition, vol. 12, no. 10, pp. 1960–4.

——, Giles-Corti, B., Crawford, D., Andrianopoulos, N., Ball, K., Salmon, J. and

Hume, C. 2008, ‘Features of public open spaces and physical activity among

children: Findings from the CLAN study’, Preventative Medicine, vol. 47, no. 5,

pp. 514–18.

192 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

——, Salmon, J., Ball, K., Baur, L.A., Telford, A., Jackson, M., Salmon, L.,

Crawford, D. 2008, ‘Family physical activity and sedentary environments and

weight change in children’, International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, vol. 3,

no. 3, pp. 160–7.

——, ——, Telford, A. and Crawford, D. 2005, ‘Perceptions of local

neighbourhood environments and their relationship to childhood overweight and

obesity’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 29, no. 2, pp. 170–5.

Townsville City Council 2010, Eat Well Be Active achieves great result for

community, www.townsville.qld.gov.au/resources/4726.pdf (accessed 4

February 2010).

TravelSmart 2007, Walking School Bus – A Guide for Parents and Teachers,

www.travelsmart.gov.au/schools/schools2.html (accessed 2 February 2010).

Trost, S.G. 2005, Discussion Paper for the Development of Recommendations for

Children’s and Youths’ Participation in Health Promoting Physical Activity,

prepared for the Department of Health and Ageing,

www.health.gov.au/internet/main/publishing.nsf/Content/E6DB023029F7D7D6

CA25705100815E68/$File/physical_discussion.pdf (accessed 28 September

2009).

Turner, J.J., Kelly, J. and McKenna, K. 2006, ‘Food for thought: parents’

perspectives of child influence’, British Food Journal, vol. 108, no. 3,

pp. 181–91.

University of Melbourne 2009, Evaluation of the ‘Kids – Go for your life’ program,

www.mccaugheycentre.unimelb.edu.au/research/current/intergenerational_healt

h/kgfyl (accessed 11 March 2010).

University of Wollongong 2007, $77,000 donation for Child Obesity Research

Centre, media.uow.edu.au/news/UOW039926.html (accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2008, Faculty Research News, no. 3, September, www.uow.edu.au/content/

groups/public/@web/@educ/documents/doc/uow049629.pdf (accessed 11

March 2010).

van Beurden, E., Barnett, L.M., Zask, A., Dietrich, U.C., Brooks, L.O. and Beard, J.

2003, ‘Can we skill and activate children through primary school physical

education lessons? “Move it, Groove it” – A collaborative health promotion

intervention’, Preventative Medicine, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 493–501.

van der Ploeg, H.P., Merom, D., Corpuz, G. and Bauman, A.E. 2008, ‘Trends in

Australian children travelling to school 1971-2003: Burning petrol or

carbohydrates’, Preventive Medicine, vol. 46, no. 1, pp. 60–2.

REFERENCES 193

van Wijnen, L.G.C., Wendel-Vos, G.C.W., Wammes, B. M., Bemelmans, W.J.E.

2009, ‘The impact of school-based prevention of overweight on psychosocial

well-being of children’, Obesity Reviews, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 298–312.

Vandongen, R., Jenner, D.A., Thompson, C., Taggart, A.C., Spickett, E.E., Burke,

V., Beilin, L.J., Milligan, R.A. and Dunbar, D.L. 1995, ‘A controlled evaluation

of a fitness and nutrition intervention program on cardiovascular health in 10 to

12-year-old children’, Preventive Medicine, vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 9–22.

Vartanian, L.R., Schwartz, M.B. and Brownell, K.D. 2007, ‘Effects of soft drink

consumption on nutrition and health: A systematic review and meta analysis’,

American Journal of Public Health, vol. 97, no. 4, pp. 667–75.

Venn, A.J., Thomson, R.J., Schmidt, M.D., Cleland, V.J., Curry, B.A., Gennat, H.C.

and Dwyer, T. 2007, ‘Overweight and obesity from childhood to adulthood: a

follow-up of participants in the 1985 Australian Schools Health and Fitness

Survey’, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 186, no. 9, pp. 458–60.

Ventura, A.K. and Birch, L.L. 2008, ‘Does parenting affect children’s eating and

weight status?’, International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical

Activity, vol. 5, www.ijbnpa.org/content/5/1/15 (accessed 19 May 2010).

VicHealth ?2009a, Streets ahead: Supporting children to get active in their

neighbourhoods, www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/Programs-and-Projects/Physical-

Activity/Active-and-Safe-Travel-to-School/Streets-Ahead.aspx (accessed 3

February 2010).

—— ?2009b, Walktober Walk-to-School, www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/walktober

(accessed 18 June 2010).

—— 2001, The Walking School Bus Initiative, Media release, 5 September,

www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/en/~/media/ResourceCentre/MediaCentre/ArchivedM

ediaReleases/2001%20The%20walking%20school%20bus%20initative.ashx

(accessed 11 March 2010).

—— 2008, Streets Ahead: supporting children to get active in their

neighbourhoods, www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/~/media/ProgramsandProjects/

PhysicalActivity/Attachments/streets%20ahead%20FINAL.ashx (accessed 3

February 2010).

—— 2010, Kilojoule counts on the menu a win for health: VicHealth, Media

release, 29 June, www.vichealth.vic.gov.au/~/media/ResourceCentre/

MediaCentre/Media%20Releases/Kilojoule%20counts%20on%20the%20menu

%20VicHealthMR%20June%2029%202010.ashx (accessed 30 June 2010).

194 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Viscusi, K. 1984, ‘The Lulling Effect: The Impact of Child-resistant Packaging on

Aspirin and Analgesic Ingestions’, American Economic Review, vol. 74, no. 2,

pp. 324–7.

Volpp, K. G. 2009, Paying People to Lose Weight and Stop Smoking, LDI Issue

Brief, vol. 14, no. 3, February, Leonard Davis Institute of Health Economics,

Philadelphia, www.med.upenn.edu/ldichi/docs/issue_brief_feb_091.pdf

(accessed 17 February 2010).

WA Country Health Service 2008, Population Health Newsletter, Issue 6,

November, www.wacountry.health.wa.gov.au/uploaddocs/

wachs%20population%20health%20newsletter%20nov%202008.pdf (accessed

28 June 2010).

Wake, M., Hesketh, K. and Waters, E. 2003, ‘Television, computer use and body

mass index in Australian primary school children’, Journal of Pediatrics and

Child Health, vol. 39, no. 2, pp. 130–4.

——, Hardy, P., Canterford, L., Sawyer and Carlin, J.B. 2007, ‘Overweight, obesity

and girth of Australian preschoolers: prevalence and socio-economic correlates’,

International Journal of Obesity, vol. 31, no. 7, pp. 1044–51.

——, Nicholson, J.M., Hardy, P. and Smith, K. 2007, ‘Preschooler Obesity and

Parenting Styles of Mothers and Fathers: Australian National Population Study’,

Pediatrics, vol. 120, no. 6, pp. 1520–7.

Walktober ?2009, Walk to school day, www.walktober.com.au/

index.php?action=view_listing&id=7&module=listingmodule&src=@random4a

9f965b7bee4 (accessed 18 June 2010).

Wansink, B. 1996, ‘Can package size accelerate consumption volume?’, Journal of

Marketing, vol. 60, no. 3, pp. 1–14.

—— and Chandon, P. 2006, ‘Can “low-fat” nutrition labels lead to obesity?’,

Journal of Marketing Research, vol. 43, no. 4, pp. 605–17.

Warren, J.M., Henry, C. J. K., Lightowler, H.J., Bradshaw, S.M., Perwaiz, S. 2003,

‘Evaluation of a pilot school programme aimed at the prevention of obesity in

children’, Health Promotion International, vol. 18, no. 4, pp. 287–96.

Waters, E.B. and Baur, L.A. 2003, ‘Childhood obesity: modernity’s scourge: the

overarching cause is energy imbalance’, Medical Journal of Australia, vol. 178,

no. 9, pp. 422–3.

Wells, J.C.K., Hallal, P.C., Wright, A., Singhal, A. and Victora, C.G. 2005, ‘Fetal,

infant and childhood growth: relationships with body composition and Brazilian

boys aged 9 years’, International Journal of Obesity, vol. 29, no. 10, pp. 1192–8.

REFERENCES 195

Wen, L.M., Baur, L.A., Rissel, C., Wardle, K., Alperstein, G. and Simpson, J.M.

2007, ‘Early intervention of multiple home visits to prevent childhood obesity in

a disadvantaged population: a home-based randomised controlled trial (Healthy

Beginnings Trial)’, BMC Public Health, vol. 7, www.biomedcentral.com/1471-

2458/7/76/ (accessed 22 March 2010).

Western Australia General Practice Network ?2008, Media Release – Federal

Labor promises support for obesity program in northern suburbs,

www.wagpnetwork.com.au/client_images/148766.pdf (accessed 11 March

2010).

Western Australian School Canteen Association ?2009, Star Canteen Accreditation

Program, www.waschoolcanteens.org.au/pages/starcap/01-starcap.htm

(accessed 3 February 2010).

Westley, H. 2007, ‘Thin Living’, British Medical Journal, vol. 335, no. 7632,

pp. 1226–37.

Whitaker, R.C., Wright, J.A., Pepe, M.S., Seidel, K.D., Dietz, W.H. 1997,

‘Predicting obesity in young adulthood from childhood and parental obesity’,

The New England Journal of Medicine, vol. 337, no. 13, pp. 869-73.

WHO (World Health Organisation) 2000, Obesity: Preventing and Managing the

Global Epidemic, Report of a WHO consultation, WHO technical report series

no. 894, Geneva.

WHO (World Health Organisation) Collaborating Centre for Obesity Prevention

2006, Pacific OPIC Project – Geelong It’s Your Move! (13-17y/o),

www.deakin.edu.au/hmnbs/who-obesity/reports/ssop/progress-report-its-yourmove-

2006.pdf (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2007, Progress Report 2006-2007: Romp and Chomp – Healthy Eating and

Active Play for Geelong under 5s, Deakin University, www.deakin.edu.au/

hmnbs/who-obesity/reports/ssop/progress-report-romp-chomp-2007.pdf

(accessed 27 January 2010).

—— 2008a, It’s Your Move!, www.deakin.edu.au/hmnbs/who-obesity/research/

ssop/its-your-move.php (accessed 4 February 2010).

—— 2008b, Romp and Chomp, Deakin University, www.deakin.edu.au/hmnbs/

who-obesity/research/ssop/romp-chomp.php (accessed 27 January 2010).

Wilkenfeld, R., Haynes, C. and Clark, E. 2007, Q4: Live Outside the Box, Northern

Sydney, NSW Department of Health, Sydney, www.healthpromotion.com.au/

Documents/Q4_LOTB/Q4_LOTB_NS_Report_08.pdf (accessed 15 February

2010).

196 CHILDHOOD OBESITY

Wolff, E. and Dansinger, M.L. 2008, ‘Soft drinks and weight gain: how strong is

the link?’, The Medscape Journal of Medicine, vol. 10, no. 8, pp. 189.

Wong, P. (Minister for Climate Change and Water) 2009, Second Reading Speech,

Australian National Preventive Health Agency Bill, Senate, Hansard,

27 October.

Zhang, L. and Rashad, I. 2008, ‘Obesity and time preference: The health

consequences of discounting the future’, Journal of Biosocial Science, vol. 40,

no. 1, pp. 97–113.

Zurich Financial Services Australia and Heart Foundation 2008, Australians not as

healthy as they think they are, Media release, 15 October,

www.heartfoundation.org.au/SiteCollectionDocuments/HHI%20Media%20Rele

ase.pdf (accessed 11 January 2010).